Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1984-1985"

See other formats


1984-85 

CATALOG 

& 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 


MiLLbAPb  WILSON  LIBHARY 
MiUSAPS  COLLEGE        y 
JACKSON.  MISS.  39210 


t30826 


CALENDAR  FOR  1984-85 


Summer  Session 


June  4  -  July  3 
July  5  -  August  3 


First  Term 
Second  Term 


August  25 
August  26 
August  27-28 

August  29 
August  30 
September  3 
September  14 
October  1 1 
October  13 
October  19 
October  20 
October  24 
October  26 

November  7 
November  5-20 
November  21 

November  25 

December  1 1 

December  12-13 

December  13 

December  14,  15,  17,  18,  19 

December  20 

December  22-January  2 

January  3 


First  Semester 

Fall  Conference  for  faculty 
Residence  halls  open,  10  a.m. 
Orientation  for  new  students 
Registration  for  class  changes 
Day  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 
'Opening  Convocation 
Evening  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 
Last  day  for  schedule  changes  without  grade 
Tap  Day 
Homecoming 
Mid-semester  grades  due 
Mid-semester  holidays  begin,  8  a.m. 
Mid-semester  holidays  end,  8  a.m. 
Last  day  for  dropping  courses  with  grades  of 

WP  or  WF 
Fall  Symposium 

Early  registration  for  spring  semester 
Thanksgiving  holidays  begin,  12  noon 
Residence  halls  close,  3  p.m. 
Thanksgiving  holidays  end 
Residence  halls  open,  12  noon 
Last  regular  meeting  of  day  classes 
Reading  days 

Last  regular  meeting  of  evening  classes 
Final  examination  days 
Residence  halls  close  at  10  a.m. 
College  offices  closed 
Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 


January  13 
January  14-15 
January  16 
January  29 
February  15-16 
February  21 
March  1 
March  8 


March  17 
March  30 


Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 


I  5 

I  7 

I  15-May  1 

I  16-19 

I  25 

130 


May  1 

May  2,  3, 
May  10 
May  12 
May  13 


4,  6,  7 


Second  Semester 

Residence  halls  open,  10  a.m. 

Registration  for  class  changes 

All  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 

Last  day  for  schedule  changes  with  grade 

Founders  Weekend 

Tap  Day 

Mid  semester  grades  due 

Last  day  for  dropping  courses  with  grades  of 

WP  or  WF 
Spring  holidays  begin,  3  p.m. 
Residence  halls  close,  3  p.m. 
Spring  holidays  end 
Residence  halls  open,  12  noon 
Elizabethan  Faire 

Good  Friday  -  College  offices  closed  half  day 
Easter 

Early  registration  for  fall  semester  1 985 
Comprehensive  examinations 
Awards  Day 

Last  regular  meeting  of  classes 
Reading  day 

Final  grades  for  graduating  seniors  due 
Final  examination  days 

Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 
'Commencement  Day 
Residence  halls  close  at  10  a.m. 


'Formal  academic  occasion 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Academic    Calendar 2 

Purpose 4 

PART  I       Information  for  Prospective  Students 5 

History  of  the  College 6 

General    Information 6 

Millsaps-Wilson   Library 6 

Computing  Center 6 

Buildings  and  Grounds 7 

Admissions  Requirements 7 

Applying  for  Admission 9 

Counseling  Program 10 

Student  Housing 10 

Medical  Services 11 

Career  Planning  and  Placement  Services 11 

Student  Records 11 

Children's  Center 11 

PART  II      Financial   Information 13 

Tuition  and  Fees 14 

Special  Fees 15 

Financial    Regulations 16 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 17 

PART  III     Student  Life 23 

Campus  Ministry 24 

Public  Events  Committee 24 

Athletics .24 

Publications .25 

Music  and  Drama 25 

Student  Organizations 26 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 28 

Medals  and  Prizes 29 

PART  IV     Curriculum 31 

Requirements  for  Degrees 32 

Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Dental 36 

Preparation  for  Ministry 37 

Pre-Law 38 

Pre-Social  Work 38 

Educational  Certification  Programs 38 

Cooperative    Programs 41 

Special    Programs  .■ 42 

The  Adult  Degree  Program 44 

The  Graduate  Program 44 

PART  V      Administration  of  the  Curriculum 45 

Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing 46 

Administrative    Regulations 48 

PART  VI     Departments  of  Instruction 53 

Fine  Arts 55 

Humanities 61 

Language  and  Literature 67 

Science  and  Mathematics 71 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 82 

School  of  Management 92 

PART  VII    Register 97 

Board  of  Trustees 98 

Alumni   Association 99 

Officers  of  the  Administration 99 

Faculty 100 

Staff 104 

Medals  and  Prizes  Awarded 106 

Degrees  Conferred,  1983 107 

Index 110 


THE  PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and  women 
for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to  their  fellow 
men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  community  of  learners 
where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the  truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedicated  to 
the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral  part 
of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a  sound 
academic  program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a  kind  of  discipline  and  in- 
fluence which  no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer.  The  college  provides  a  con- 
genial atmosphere  where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study  and  work  together  for 
the  development  of  their  physical,  intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate  breadth 
and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to  broaden  his 
perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think  and  act  intelligently 
amid  the  complexities  of  the  modern  world.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  avoid 
premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the  humanities,  the  social  studies,  and 
the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual  enrichment. 

The  college  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support 
himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that  in  too 
many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not  been  accompanied  by  educa- 
tion for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore,  professional  and  pre-professional  train- 
ing balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes 
the  cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature, 
philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary 
courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social 
work,  and  business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,  law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of  con- 
tinuing intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry,  without  which 
true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but  to  inform  and 
inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in  a  common  mold  of  thought  and  ideas, 
but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capacities, 
and  aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential  develop- 
ment. It  seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart  toward  the 
higher  and  nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent,  voluntary 
dedication  to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that  will  guide 
him  into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance  of  respon- 
sibility to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

-adopted  by  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


1 

information  for 
prospective  students 


HISTORY  OF  THE  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  was  founded  in  1 890  by  the  Methodist  Church  as  a  "Christian  col- 
lege for  young  men."  The  philanthropy  of  Major  Reuben  Webster  Millsaps  and  other 
Methodist  leaders  in  Mississippi  enabled  the  college  to  open  two  years  later  on  the  out- 
skirts of  Jackson,  the  state  capital,  a  town  of  some  9,000  population.  The  beginnings 
were  modest:  two  buildings,  149  students  (two-thirds  of  whom  were  enrolled  in  a 
preparatory  school),  five  instructors,  and  an  endowment  of  $70,432.  Fifty  years  later, 
the  student  body  numbered  599  and  the  faculty  had  increased  to  33.  Women  were 
admitted  at  an  early  date  and  the  graduation  of  Sing  Ung  Zung  of  Soochow,  China, 
in  1908,  began  a  tradition  of  the  college's  influence  beyond  the  borders  of  the  state. 

Millsaps'  first  president,  William  Belton  Murrah,  served  until  1910.  Other  presidents 
have  been:  David  Carlisle  Hull  (1910-191 2),  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  (1912-1 923), 
Dr.  David  Martin  Key  (1923-1938),  Dr.  Marion  Lofton  Smith  (1938-1952),  Dr.  Homer 
Ellis  Finger,  Jr.,  (1952-64),  Dr.  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves  (1965-1970),  and  Dr.  Edward 
McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.  (1970-1978).  Dr.  George  Marion  Harmon  was  named  president 
in  the  fall  of  1978. 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  close  personal  relationship  among  students,  faculty  and  the  administration  is 
one  of  the  most  vital  parts  of  the  Millsaps  experience.  A  liberal  arts  college  designed 
to  train  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-balanced  lives,  Millsaps  offers  pro- 
fessional and  pre-professional  training  coupled  with  cultural  and  disciplinary  studies. 
Students  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  their  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn,  good  moral 
character  and  intellectual  maturity.  The  primary  consideration  for  admission  is  the  abili- 
ty to  do  college  work  satisfactory  to  the  college  and  beneficial  to  the  student. 

Millsaps'  1 ,200-member  student  body  represents  about  30  states  and  several  foreign 
countries.  Students  come  from  25  religious  denominations.  All  are  urged  to  take  ad- 
vantage of  the  educational  and  cultural  offerings  of  Mississippi's  capital  city  of  Jackson. 

Research  facilities  available  are:  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  the 
State  Library,  the  library  of  the  State  Department  of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public 
Library.  Together,  they  provide  research  facilities  found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  Cultural 
advantages  include:  the  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra,  Ballet  Mississippi,  New  Stage 
Theatre,  Mississippi  Opera  Association,  and  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting  events  held 
at  the  City  Auditorium  and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum. 

Millsaps  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools 
and  approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University  Women  and  the  University 
Senate  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of  Educa- 
tion of  the  United  Methodist  Church  as  one  of  its  strongest  institutions. 

THE  MILLSAPS-WILSON  LIBRARY 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library  has  more  than  200,000  volumes  and  650  periodical 
subscriptions.  It  provides  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms  as  well  as  browsing  and 
lounge  areas.  There  is  a  collection  of  audio-visual  materials  and  listening  facilities.  Special 
collections  are:  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of  books,  manuscripts,  recordings,  and 
correspondence  relating  to  the  theatre  and  the  arts;  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Archives; 
a  rare  book  collection;  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books  and  curriculum  materials; 
U.S.  government  documents;  and  the  Millsaps  Archives.  The  library  belongs  to  the  Central 
Mississippi  Library  Council  and  the  Southeastern  Library  Network. 

THE  COMPUTING  CENTER 

In  today's  complex  society,  students  need  to  be  able  to  understand  the  role  of  the 
computer.  Accordingly,  a  good  college  must  have  a  strong  computing  resource.  Millsaps 
has  one  of  the  finest  computing  facilities  available  for  easy  student  access.  From  several 
terminal  cluster  locations  on  campus,  students  and  faculty  can  use  the  Digital  PDP-1 1 
RSTS/E  timesharing  computer  system  which  is  located  in  the  Academic  Complex.  Ad- 
ditional resources  are  the  PDP-8/e  laboratory  and  teaching  computer  and  the  EAI-TR20 
analog  computer  which  are  located  in  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall. 


BUILDINGS  AND  GROUNDS 

The  100-acre  campus  is  valued  at  about  $30  million.  Chief  administrative  offices 
are  in  Whitworth  Hall.  Murrah  Hall,  built  in  1914,  has  been  recently  renovated  to  house 
the  School  of  Management.  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hail  was  built  in  1928  and  was 
renovated  in  1963  to  house  the  science  program. 

The  Christian  Center,  completed  in  1950,  was  built  with  gifts  from  Mississippi 
Methodists,  alumni,  and  friends.  It  has  a  1,000-seat  auditorium,  a  small  chapel, 
classrooms,  and  offices.  In  1 967,  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre  stage. 

The  James  Observatory  is  an  historical  landmark  located  on  the  northwest  corner 
of  the  campus. 

The  Physical  Activities  Center,  dedicated  in  1 974,  has  courts  for  basketball,  tennis, 
badminton,  and  volleyball.  Weight-training  and  physical  therapy  rooms  are  also  includ- 
ed in  this  multi-purpose  facility.  An  outdoor  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to  this  facility. 
Other  athletic  facilities  include  tennis  courts  and  fields  for  football,  baseball,  soccer,  and 
track. 

The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  houses  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs,  the 
bookstore,  post  office,  student  activity  quarters  and  a  recreation  area.  The  grill  and  din- 
ing hall  are  located  in  the  student  center  also. 

There  are  three  residence  halls  for  women  and  two  for  men.  All  are  air  conditioned. 

The  Academic  Complex,  completed  in  1971 ,  includes  a  recital  hall  in  which  is  located 
a  41 -rank  Mohler  organ.  The  complex  houses  Music,  Art,  Political  Science,  Computer 
Services,  Business  Office,  Office  of  Records,  Business  Affairs  and  Continuing  Educa- 
tion. It  also  contains  sky-lit  art  studios,  a  student  computer  terminal  room,  a  music 
laboratory  and  classrooms. 

ADMISSION  REQUIREMENTS 

Millsaps  College  accepts  without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex,  creed,  or  national  origin 
all  who  are  qualified  to  benefit  from  its  academic  program.  Applicants  must  furnish 
evidence  of: 

1 .  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 

Freshman  Admission 

Application  for  admission  as  a  full-time  student  with  freshman  standing  may  be  made 
by  one  of  the  following: 

1.  By  high  school  graduation,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  satisfactory  completion  of  graduation  requirements 
with  at  least  1 2  units  of  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences  or  foreign 
language.  Four  units  of  English  should  be  included. 

(b)  Results  of  the  American  College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.) 
are  submitted  and  reflect  satisfactory  scores. 

2.  By  Equivalency  Certificate 

(a)  Students  who  have  not  prepared  for  college  may  submit  results  of  the  General 
Educational  Development  Tests  (G.E.D.)  along  with  a  transcript  of  work  completed 
in  lieu  of  requirements  set  forth  in  paragraph  one  (a). 

(b)  At  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee,  results  of  the  American  College 
Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.)  may  be  required. 

3.  Early  Admission 

(a)  Students  who  are  nearing  high  school  graduation,  but  choose  to  enter  college 
before  graduation,  may  apply  by  submitting  an  official  transcript  and  results  of  the 
American  College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.). 

(b)  At  least  12  units  in  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences,  or  foreign 
languages  must  be  included.  Normally,  four  units  of  English  are  required. 


Transfer  Admission 

A  transfer  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  as  a  full-tinne  student  from  another  in- 
stitution of  higher  learning.  A  completed  application  for  admission  and  transcripts  showing 
all  work  attempted  at  other  colleges  or  universities  are  required.  These  policies  apply 
to  the  transfer  applicant: 

1.  Full  credit  is  normally  allowed  for  work  taken  at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some 
courses  which  are  not  regarded  as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum  may  not 
be  credited  toward  a  degree.  Work  done  at  non-accredited  institutions  may  be 
validated  if  the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  at  Millsaps. 

2.  After  earning  62  semester  hours  at  a  junior  or  senior  college,  a  student  may  not 
take  additional  work  at  a  junior  college  and  have  it  apply  toward  a  degree  from  Millsaps 
College. 

3.  A  student  must  complete  the  work  necessary  to  fulfill  requirements  for  a  major  at 
Millsaps  or  for  pre-professional  work  or  teaching  licenses. 

4.  Grades  and  quality  points  earned  at  another  institution  will  be  recorded  as  they  are 
on  the  transcript.  The  student  must  earn  at  Millsaps  quality  points  at  least  double 
the  number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  graduation  requirements  after 
transfer  credits  are  entered. 

5.  In  the  case  of  a  student  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  three  but  less  than 
six  hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head  of  the  department  concerned  may 
approve  a  three-hour  elective  in  that  department  as  a  substitute  for  the  remainder 
of  the  required  course. 

6.  The  student  is  subject  to  the  regulation  on  advanced  placement  and  credit  by 
examination. 

7.  Credit  is  not  given  for  correspondence  courses. 

Part-Time  Admission 

A  part-time  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  but  taking  fewer  than  12 
hours.  Requirements  for  admission  and  policies  pertaining  to  part-time  students  are  the 
same  as  those  for  full-time  students. 

Special  Student  Admission 

A  special  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  non-degree  program.  Applicants  should  sub- 
mit the  Special  Student  Application  Form  along  with  the  application  fee  to  the  Office 
of  Continuing  Education.  Transcripts  of  all  academic  work  attempted  must  be  provided 
the  Office  of  Records  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  month  of  enrollment.  The  following 
policies  apply  to  special  students: 

1.  Special  students  are  expected  to  be  21  years  of  age  and  must  present  evidence 
of  good  character  and  maturity.  Age  requirements  may  be  waived. 

2.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  any  courses  without  regard  to  graduation  require- 
ments, but  must  meet  prerequisites  for  courses  chosen. 

3.  Special  students  wishing  to  apply  for  a  degree  program  must  re-apply,  provide  full 
credentials  and  meet  admission  requirements  for  degree  students. 

4.  Special  students  may  not  participate  in  extracurricular  activities. 

International  Student  Admission 

Millsaps  College  welcomes  international  students.  Admission  credentials  should  be 
submitted  well  in  advance  of  the  semester  in  which  one  expects  to  enroll.  They  are: 

1 .  Completed  admission  forms 

2.  Official  transcript  of  all  work  attempted 

3.  Scores  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 

4.  Letters  of  recommendation  from  two  persons 

5.  The  application  fee 

6.  A  statement  of  resources  for  financial  support  while  in  the  U.S. 


Financial  assistance  is  not  available  to  international  students  so  they  must  come 
prepared  to  pay  the  full  cost  of  attending  Millsaps  and  to  support  themselves  during 
periods  when  the  college  is  closed. 

Readmission 

Students  who  leave  the  college  for  one  semester  or  longer  may  apply  for  readmis- 
sion by  completing  the  appropriate  forms  for  the  program  in  which  they  wish  to  enroll. 
Those  who  are  absent  for  more  than  four  years  may  be  required  to  meet  graduation 
requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of  readmission  or  do  additional  work  in  their  major 
in  order  to  qualify  for  a  degree. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination 

Students  entering  Millsaps  College  may  earn  a  waiver  of  certain  requirements  or 
college  credit  as  a  result  of  their  performance  on  specific  examinations.  The  amount 
of  waiver  or  credit  is  limited  to  eight  hours  in  any  discipline  and  to  18  hours  overall, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Adult  Degree  Program  where  the  limits  are  12  and  30  hours 
respectively. 

Scores  on  the  appropriate  C.L.E.P.  subject  matter  examination,  Advanced  Place- 
ment examination,  or  C.E.E.B.  achievement  test  should  be  sent  to  the  Office  of  Records 
for  evaluation.  If  a  waiver  of  requirements  or  credit  is  granted,  the  score  on  the  examina- 
tion used  will  be  recorded  on  the  student's  record  in  lieu  of  a  letter  grade.  An  administrative 
fee  will  be  assessed  for  each  course  so  recorded.  (See  the  section  on  Special  Fees.) 

Listed  below  are  the  Millsaps  courses  for  which  credit  is  given  for  Advanced  Place- 
ment courses  taken  in  high  school  and  the  score  required  in  order  to  earn  that  credit. 
In  some  cases,  maximum  credit  is  only  given  following  satisfactory  completion  of  a 
Millsaps  course  in  the  same  field. 


Course 

Art  101,  103,  201 

Biology  121-122 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124 

English  101-102 

French  201-202 

German  201-202 

History  101-102 

History  201-202 

Latin  303 

Latin  305 

Mathematics  108  (Calculus  AB) 

Mathematics  223-224  (Calculus  BC) 

Physics  111-112 

Physics  131-132,  151-152 

Spanish  201-202 


P.  Score 

4,  3 

4 

4 

4* 

4** 

4** 

4* 

4* 

4* 

4* 

4,  3 

4,  3 

4,  3 

4 

4** 


*Credit  may  be  given  for  a  three  with  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 
**Credit  will  be  given  for  a  three  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  251. 

For  information  concerning  scores  necessary  to  attain  course  credit  for  other  ex- 
aminations, such  as  C.L.E.P.,  interested  students  should  consult  with  the  appropriate 
department  chairman  or  the  dean  of  the  college. 


APPLYING  FOR  ADMISSION 

Prospective  students  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the  date  on 
which  they  wish  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the  campus  are 
desired.  The  Admissions  Committee  acts  on  applications  for  both  the  spring  and  fall 
semesters  as  credentials  are  completed. 


In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  this  procedure: 

1 .  Subnnit  a  completed  application  for  admission  form  with  the  application  fee  to  the 
director  of  admissions.  The  fee  is  not  refunded  to  a  student  unless  the  application 
is  not  approved. 

2.  Request  the  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  to  send  an  official  transcript 
directly  to  the  director  of  admissions. 

(a)  Transfers  must  include  a  transcript  from  every  college  or  university  attended. 

(b)  A  prospective  student  enrolled  in  school  at  the  time  of  application  for  admis- 
sion should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  credits  up  to  that  time.  A  sup- 
plementary transcript  will  be  required  after  admission. 

3.  Freshman  applicants  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American  College  Test  (A.C.T.) 
or  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.) 

Applicants  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  should  apply  directly  to  the  director  of 
the  Adult  Degree  Program.  Applicants  for  the  Master  of  Business  Administration 
degree  should  apply  directly  to  the  director  of  the  MBA  Program. 

COUNSELING  PROGRAM 

Counseling  services  are  designed  to  help  students  accomplish  maximum  success 
in  their  academic  work.  Many  members  of  the  college  community  participate  in  counsel- 
ing, and  specialists  are  used  as  referral  resources  when  problems  require  specialized 
therapy. 

Pre-Registration  Counseling:  The  college  provides  counseling  services  to  any  pro- 
spective student  who  wants  to  explore  vocational  and  educational  objectives  before 
entering  classes  in  the  fall.  Students  who  are  admitted  are  urged  to  take  advantage 
of  this  service. 

Orientation:  Freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  be  on  campus  on  dates 
specified  in  the  college  calendar.  Orientation  is  planned  and  carried  out  cooperatively 
by  students  and  faculty  to  help  entering  students  prepare  for  campus  life. 
Faculty  Advisors:  New  students  are  assigned  to  faculty  members  who  serve  as 
academic  advisors.  When  a  student  chooses  the  major  field,  a  professor  in  that  field 
becomes  the  advisor. 

Personal  Counseling:  The  Office  of  Student  Affairs  counsels  students  on  vocational 
choices,  selection  of  fields  of  study,  study  and  reading  skills,  emotional  adjustments  and 
related  matters. 

Testing:  An  individual  testing  service  is  available  to  help  with  self-analysis  and  plan- 
ning in  terms  of  interests. 


STUDENT  HOUSING 

The  dean  and  associate  dean  of  student  affairs  coordinate  housing  in  cooperation 
with  residence  hall  directors  and  resident  assistants.  Men  who  are  active  members  of 
a  fraternity  may  live  in  its  house  after  their  freshman  year. 

All  freshman  men  and  women,  unless  they  are  married  or  live  with  members  of 
their  immediate  families  in  Jackson  or  vicinity,  are  required  to  reside  on  campus  in  col- 
lege residence  halls  and  to  dine  on  campus,  also.  Exceptions  to  this  policy  are  unusual 
and  must  be  authorized  through  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  designed  to  house  two  students  each.  Students  wishing 
to  room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  room  deposits  at  the  same  time  and 
to  specify  their  desire  to  room  together.  Single  rooms  are  limited  and  a  student  desiring 
a  single  room  should  pay  his  room  reservation  fee  as  early  as  possible.  Assignments 
are  made  in  the  order  in  which  this  fee  or  a  completed  application  is  received,  whichever 
is  later.  Room  preferences  are  honored  unless  the  rooms  are  already  taken  by  students 
who  are  eligible  for  them.  Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  begins. 

The  quiet  wing  option  is  offered  for  students  who  wish  to  live  in  an  environment 
where  study  is  possible  24  hours  a  day. 


10 


Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m.  on  the  day  preceding  each  term  and  close  at  10 
a.m.  on  the  day  following  the  last  scheduled  examination  of  each  term.  For  Thanksgiving 
and  spring  holidays,  the  residence  halls  will  close  at  3  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  sched- 
uled classes  and  reopen  at  noon  on  the  day  preceding  the  resumption  of  classes. 
Students  are  not  housed  in  the  residence  halls  during  Thanksgiving,  Christmas,  or  spring 
holidays. 

MEDICAL  SERVICES 

Millsaps  provides  medical  services  to  its  students  who  are  suffering  from  minor 
illnesses.  The  services  are  limited  to  students  living  in  Millsaps  residence  halls  and  frater- 
nity houses.  Medical  services  through  the  college  physician  are  available  through  the 
nurse  on  duty  or,  in  her  absence,  one  of  the  residence  hall  directors  or  the  Office  of 
Student  Affairs. 

The  college  pays  for  the  initial  visit  to  the  college  physician  for  each  illness. 

CAREER  PLANNING  AND  PLACEMENT  SERVICES 

Career  planning  begins  with  the  freshman  year  and  is  pursued,  via  testing,  advis- 
ing, counseling,  seminars,  internships,  externships  and  on-campus  interviewing,  through 
the  senior  year.  Special  workshops  are  offered  throughout  the  year  on  resume  writing, 
interview  preparation,  career  opportunities,  job  search  techniques  and  summer  employ- 
ment. "SAPS",  a  career  advisory  network,  pairs  Millsaps  students  with  professional  alumni 
and  gives  students  a  chance  to  gain  firsthand  exposure  to  a  variety  of  professions  and 
career  options. 

Part-time  positions  both  on  and  off  campus  are  available  through  the  Career  Plan- 
ning &  Placement  Office.  Millsaps  College  has  an  excellent  reputation  with  the  Jackson 
business  community  based  on  past  employment  experiences  with  Millsaps  students. 

Placement  files,  containing  credentials,  are  maintained  for  interested  students  and 
alumni  at  no  charge. 

STUDENT  RECORDS 

In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  Millsaps 
College  students  have  the  right  to  review,  inspect,  and  challenge  the  accuracy  of  infor- 
mation kept  in  a  cumulative  file  by  the  institution.  It  also  ensures  that  records  cannot 
be  released  without  the  written  consent  of  the  student  except  in  the  following  situations: 

(a)  to  school  officials  and  faculty  who  have  a  legitimate  educational  interest,  such  as 
a  faculty  advisor; 

(b)  where  the  information  is  classified  as  "directory  information."  The  following 
categories  of  information  have  been  designated  by  Millsaps  College  as  direc- 
tory information:  name,  address,  telephone  listing,  date  and  place  of  birth,  ma- 
jor field  of  study,  participation  in  officially  recognized  activites  and  sports,  weight 
and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and 
awards  received,  the  most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended  by 
the  student,  and  information  needed  for  honors  and  awards.  If  you  do  not  wish 
such  information  released  without  your  consent  you  should  notify  the  Office  of 
Records  in  writing  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  day  of  classes. 

For  a  full  statement  of  policy  concerning  the  confidentiality  of  student  records,  con- 
sult the  staff  of  the  Office  of  Records  or  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

CHILDREN'S  CENTER 

The  Education  Department  offers  a  laboratory  school  for  children  ages  two  to  five. 
The  school  is  open  Monday  through  Friday  from  8  a.m. -noon.  In  addition,  there  is  a 
drop-in  service  for  infants  and  children  of  Millsaps  students.  The  hours  for  this  service 
are  7:45  a.m. -5  p.m. 

The  location  of  the  Children's  Center  is  604  Webster  St. 


11 


2 

financial  information 


TUITION  AND  FEES 

Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is  charged  a  tuition 
which  covers  approximately  58  percent  of  the  cost  of  an  education.  The  balance  is  met 
by  income  from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni, 
trustees,  parents,  and  other  friends. 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES  FOR  FULL-TIME  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS 

(12-16  Semester  Hours) 
Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are: 

Resident  Non-Resident 

Tuition $2,490  $2,490 

Student  Association  Fee 37.50  37.50 

Activity  Fee 50  50 

Room  rent* 500 

Meals*  * .  .    550  

Total $3,632.50  $2,577.50 

SEMESTER  EXPENSES  FOR  PART-TIME  UNDERGRADUATE  STUDENTS 

(1 1  Hours  or  less) 
1-7    hours $    165  per  semester  hour 

8  hours 1,420 

9  hours 1,685 

10  hours 1,950 

11  hours 2,215 

Activity  Fee 2.00  per  semester  hour 

SCHEDULE  OF  CHARGES  FOR  ROOMS 

1st.  Sem.  2nd.  Sem.  Total 

Double  Occupancy  $    600  $400  $1,000 

Single  Occupancy***  $1,200  $800  $2,000 

*  Dormitory  rooms  are  ordinarily  rented  on  a  yearly  basis  according  to  the  schedule 
above.  This  schedule  of  charges  is  for  students  who  enter  in  the  fall.  Those 
students  who  enter  second  semester  will  pay  half  the  annual  rate  for  their  type 
of  occupancy.  If  the  student  changes  type  of  occupancy  during  the  year  the 
charge  will  be  adjusted  accordingly. 
**This  is  the  charge  for  the  21  meal  plan.  A  14  meal  plan  is  available  for  $530. 
***A  limited  number  of  single  rooms  may  be  available  depending  upon  the  need 
for  double  occupancy.  Students  requesting  the  availability  of  a  single  room  need 
to  indicate  their  desire  to  the  Housing  Office  at  the  time  of  making  the  room 
deposit.  A  listing  of  date  of  application  for  a  single  room  will  be  maintained  in 
the  Housing  Office. 
Other  fees  depend  on  the  courses  for  which  the  student  registers,  and  on  cir- 
cumstances related  to  registration. 

RESERVATION  DEPOSITS 

NEW  STUDENTS-AII  full-time  students  must  pay  a  reservation  deposit  of  $100. 
If  a  student  decides  not  to  come  to  Millsaps,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions 
Office  receives  a  request  for  refund  prior  to  June  1. 

RETURNING  STUDENTS-AII  returning  students  requesting  campus  housing  must 
pay  a  reservation  deposit  of  $1 00  by  May  1 5  to  be  assured  of  a  room.  If  a  student  decides 
to  withdraw  from  college  housing,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  a  request  for  refund  is 
received  prior  to  June  1 . 

PART-TIME  STUDENTS-AII  students  other  than  full-time  must  pay  a  reservation 
deposit  of  $50  upon  registration  in  order  to  hold  a  place  in  class,  unless  they  choose 
to  pay  their  entire  account  at  that  time.  This  deposit  is  not  refundable. 

Reservation  deposits  will  be  credited  to  the  student's  account  upon  enrollment. 

14 


LABORATORY  AND  FINE  ARTS  FEES 
Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  courses 

Each  course  except  art  history  and  senior  project $    30 

Music  private  lessons  and  use  of  practice  rooms 

Per  credit  hour  (V2  hour  lesson  per  week) 75 

Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Astronomy     -    all  courses 35 

Biology  -    all  laboratory  courses* 35 

Chemistry      —    all  laboratory  courses* 35 

-    all  laboratory  courses  breakage  fee** 25 

Geology        -    all  courses* 35 

Natural  Science   1 01  -1 02 40 

Physics  -    all  laboratory  courses* 35 

'Special  Problems,  Directed  Study,  Undergraduate  Research 

Per  Credit  hour 15 

**Unused  portion  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 

Other  Laboratory  Fees 

Education   337 15 

Languages  101-102 10 

Psychology  312,  316 25 

Computer  Usuage  Fees 

Computer  Studies  -  all  courses 60 

All  other  courses  with  computer  application 20-60 

SPECIAL  FEES 

The  general  purpose  of  special  fees  is  to  allocate  to  the  user  at  least  a  portion  of 
the  direct  cost  for  providing  special  services,  equipment  and  facilities. 

COURSE  OVERLOAD  FEE. -A  fee  of  $75  per  semester  hour  is  charged  for  course 
loads  above  16  semester  hours. 

PARKING  FEE.  — A  fee  of  $1  per  semester  hour  ($15  maximum)  is  charged  for 
students  who  wish  to  park  on  campus.  This  fee  will  help  cover  the  cost  of  maintaining 
the  college  parking  lots  and  streets.  The  streets  on  campus  are  the  property  of  the  col- 
lege and  must  be  maintained  by  the  college.  Students  failing  to  register  vehicles  may 
be  denied  the  privilege  of  parking  on  campus. 

ACTIVITY  FEE.  —  A  fee  of  $50  is  charged  for  general  student  activities.  The  fee  covers 
admission  to  all  college  sponsored  activities,  the  use  of  all  college  recreational  facilities, 
and  participation  in  college  activities  not  covered  by  tuition.  Part-time  students  are  charged 
at  the  rate  of  $2  per  semester  hour. 

CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION  FEE.  -A  $25  fee  is  assessed  for  the  recording  of  each 
course  for  which  credit  is  allowed  if  the  credit  is  not  transfer  credit  or  if  the  examination 
is  not  a  Millsaps  examination. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE. -A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  change  of 
schedule  authorization  processed.  Any  change  initiated  by  the  college  will  have  no  fee. 

GRADUATION  FEE.  -The  $35  fee  covers  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  the  diploma,  the 
rental  of  a  cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement  expenses. 

MUSIC  FEE.  -  Music  majors  who  are  full-time  students  will  be  required  to  pay  only 
the  one-credit-hour  fee  for  private  instruction  per  instrument  per  semester.  All  other 
students,  including  special  students,  must  pay  the  prescribed  fee  in  addition  to  tuition 
for  any  private  instruction  in  music. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES. -Courses  are  audited  with  approval  of  the  dean  of  the 
college.  There  will  be  no  charge  except  laboratory  fee  to  a  full-time  student  for  auditing 
any  course.  All  other  students  must  pay  regular  tuition  and  fees  for  auditing  courses, 
except  that  persons  65  and  over  may  audit  undergraduate  courses  for  one-half  tuition 
and  fees. 


15 


FINANCIAL  REGULATIONS 

PAYMENTS- All  charges  for  a  semester  are  due  and  payable  before  the  first  day 
of  classes.  A  student  is  registered  and  eligible  to  attend  classes  only  after  payment  or 
other  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Business  Office. 

Any  past  due  accounts  for  which  other  arrangements  have  not  been  made  will  be 
assessed  a  late  charge  on  a  daily  basis. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid  before  a  student  will 
be  enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The  director  of  records  is  not  permitted  to 
transfer  credits  until  all  outstanding  indebtedness  is  paid.  No  student  will  graduate  unless 
(s)he  has  settled  all  indebtedness,  including  library  fines  and  graduation  fee. 

For  parents  who  prefer  to  meet  educational  expenses  on  an  installment  basis, 
Millsaps  offers  the  monthly  payment  services  of  The  Insured  Tuition  Payment  Plan  and 
The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc.  For  information,  write  to: 

Richard  C.  Knight  Insurance  Agency,  Inc. 

53  Beacon  St. 

Boston,  MA  02108 
or 

The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc. 

Concord,  NH  03301 
A  deferred  payment  plan  may  be  arranged  by  written  application  to  the  Business 
Office  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  Upon  approval,  a  $1 5 
processing  fee  to  meet  the  additional  handling  costs,  plus  a  daily  rate  on  the  unpaid 
balance,  will  be  included  in  the  following  schedule  of  payments: 

50  percent  before  the  first  day  of  classes 

25  percent  October  1  or  March  1 

25  percent  November  1  or  April  1 
If  a  student  on  the  deferred  payment  plan  withdraws  after  the  refund  period,  the  unpaid 
balance  on  the  account  is  due  and  payable  in  full. 

CASHING  PERSONAL  CHECKS-  Personal  checks  for  a  maximum  of  $25  may  be 
cashed  in  the  Business  Office  and  a  maximum  of  $10  in  the  Bookstore  upon  proper 
identification. 

RETURNED  CHECKS- A  charge  of  $15  will  be  made  for  each  returned  check 
issued  in  payment  for  tuition.  There  will  be  a  charge  of  $5  per  check  for  all  other  re- 
turned checks. 

REFUNDS  — Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun.  Un- 
used amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  are  refundable.  A  student  who  withdraws  with 
good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses  within  one  week  after  the  date  of  the  first  meeting 
of  classes  on  regular  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a  refund  of  80  percent  of  tuition  and 
fees;  within  two  weeks,  60  percent;  within  three  weeks,  40  percent,  and  within  four  weeks, 
20  percent.  If  a  student  remains  in  college  as  long  as  four  weeks,  no  refund  will  be 
made  except  for  board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and  refunds  will  be  referred 
is  the  date  on  which  the  director  of  records  is  officially  notified  by  the  student  of  the 
intention  to  withdraw.  (See  regulations  relative  to  withdrawals.) 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at  any  time. 
In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned.  Students  withdrawing 
under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

MEAL  PLAN -Students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  housing  are  required  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  college  meal  plan. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES- Rules  regarding  payment  of 
board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents  will  be  observed  by  these  students. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES-  Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privilege  of  changing  any 
or  all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 


16 


SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  FINANCIAL  AID 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two  bases: 
academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  may  be  obtained  from  the  direc- 
tor of  financial  aid.  Financial  aid  is  not  available  to  international  students. 

In  instances  of  financial  need,  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on  information 
submitted  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 
The  College  Scholarship  Service  assists  in  determining  the  student's  need  for  financial 
assistance.  Students  seeking  assistance  must  submit  a  copy  of  the  Financial  Aid  Form 
to  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  recipient,  by 
April  1.  The  Financial  Aid  Form  may  be  obtained  from  a  secondary  school.  Millsaps 
College,  or  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  P.O.  Box  2700,  Princeton,  NJ  08541 ,  P.O. 
Box  881,  Evanston,  IL  60204;  or  P.O.  Box  380,  Berkeley,  CA  94701. 

Institutional  Scholarships 

Children  of  United  Methodist  Ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  of  the  state  of 
Mississippi  receive  scholarship  aid  from  the  college. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  recognize  achievement  and  leadership  poten- 
tial as  well  as  academic  ability.  Sixty  to  70  are  available  each  year.  Some  will  be  honorary 
with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Recipients  are  selected  from  applicants  proposed 
by  the  faculty. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  supports  the  Foreign  Student  Program 
which  attempts  to  assist  foreign  students  enrolled. 

General  Scholarships  Funds  are  budgeted  each  year  to  help  students  requiring  finan- 
cial aid. 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students  who  are 
designated  as  the  Key  Scholars  and  are  renewable  if  academic  requirements  are  met. 
They  are  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  college  as  teacher  and 
president. 

Leadership  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  outstanding  students  with  special  talent  in 
academic,  fine  arts,  and  athletic  areas.  Selection  is  based  on  the  merit  of  the  nominee 
in  the  field  of  recommendation  as  well  as  test  scores,  grades,  and  leadership.  These 
awards  are  renewable  annually. 

The  Jim  Lucas  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  the  Millsaps  student  who  best 
exemplifies  talent  in  technical  theatre  and  who  desires  to  pursue  a  career  in  that  field. 
The  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  have  been  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
in  honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President  Marion  L.  Smith.  They  are  awarded  an- 
nually to  selected  high  school  seniors  on  the  basis  of  interviews  conducted  by  faculty 
members.  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  are  one-year,  non-renewable  awards.  They 
range  in  value  up  to  $500  each. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  awarded  at  commencement  to  the  member  of  the 
sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the 
following  qualifications: 

1.  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the 
year,  and  must  have  made  at  least  C  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  college. 
United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  $1,000  scholarship,  con- 
tingent upon  at  least  one  year's  reciprocal  service  in  the  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Methodist  students 
who  have  ranked  in  the  upper  15  percent  of  their  class. 


17 


Endowed  and  Sponsored  Scholarships 

The  generosity  of  many  individuals,  families,  corporations,  and  foundations  is  directly 
responsible  for  the  scholarships  shown  below.  If  you  desire  information  concerning  the 
requirements  of  a  particular  scholarship  fund,  contact  the  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 
H.  V.  Allen,  Jr.,  Endowed  Scholarship 
Allstate  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 
Annie  and  Abe  Rhodes  Artz  Endowed  Scholarship 
Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund 
Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund 
J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Jesse  and  Ruth  Brent  Scholarship 
Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  A.  M.  Broadfoot  Memorial 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  T.  Brown,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships 
Christ  United  Methodist  Church  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  C.  C.  Clark  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lamar  Daniel  Scholarship 
Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship 

Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Robert  L.  Ezelle,  Jr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
Jennye  M,  Few  Scholarship  Fund 
William  B.  Fields  Scholarship  Fund 
Josie  Milisaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship 
Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund 
Irene  and  S.  H.  Gaines  Scholarship  Fund 
Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship 
John  T.  Gober  Scholarship  Fund 
N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund 
Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship 
Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship 
Clyde  and  Mary  Hall  Scholarship 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund 
Maurice  H.  Hall,  Sr.,  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Karim  E.  Hederi  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund 
Wilson  Hemingway  Scholarship 
John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund 
Herman  and  Martha  Hines  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship 
Kenneth  Thomas  Humphries  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 


18 


Kappa  Alpha-Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Scholarship 

Rames  Assad  Khayat  Memorial  Scholarship 

Kimball  Student  Aid  Scholarship  Fund 

Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship 

Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  E.  Lecornu  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund 

Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Jim  Lucas  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship 

James  Nicholas  McLean  Scholarship  Fund 

Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship 

Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund 

Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund 

Mitchell  Scholarship 

J.  L.  Neill  Memorial  Scholarship 

Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

William  George  Peek  Scholarship  Fund 

Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund 

J.  B.  Price  Scholarship 

Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship 

Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

S.  F.  and  Alma  Riley  Memorial  Scholarship 

R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  Fund 

Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Velma  Jernigan  Rodgers  Award 

H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund 

Paul  Russell  Scholarship 

Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III,  Scholarship  Fund 

George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

Mary  Holloman  Scott  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund 

Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship 

William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 

Robert  E.  Silverstein  Scholarship  Fund 

Janet  Lynne  Sims  Scholarship  Fund 

Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarship  Fund 

Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship 

Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  of  the  Hattiesburg  District  of  the 

United  Methodist  Church 
E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund 
Sullivan  Memorial  Ministerial  Scholarship 
J.  M.  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  Fund 
Sumners  Scholars  Grants 


19 


Teagle  Foundation  Scholarships 

Union  Pacific  Foundation  Geology  Scholarships 

Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship 

James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship 

Alexander  F.  Watkins  Scholarship  Fund 

W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship 

John  Houston  Wear,  Jr.,  Scholarships 

James  Thompson  Weems  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Mary  Virginia  Weems  Scholarship 

Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship 

Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship 

Lettie  Pate  Whitehead  Foundation  Scholarships 

Loan  Funds 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program.  Under  this  program  the  student  will  com- 
plete the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Application  for  the  Agency  of  his  or  her  home  state 
and  a  Financial  Aid  Form  (and  the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Needs  Test,  if  the  family 
adjusted  gross  income  is  over  $30,000.00)  He/she  sends  the  Financial  Aid  Form  to  the 
College  Scholarship  Service  listing  Millsaps  as  the  recipient.  The  student  should  send 
the  Guaranteed  Loan  Application  to  Millsaps  so  that  the  college  can  complete  its  por- 
tion of  this  form.  Once  the  student  and  college  officials  have  completed  their  portions, 
the  student  should  then  take  the  completed  form  to  a  lender  (a  Credit  Union,  Bank, 
Savings  and  Loan,  and  any  other  lending  institution).  If  the  student  can  not  find  a  lender, 
he/she  should  contact  the  financial  aid  office  at  Millsaps.  The  interest  on  these  loans 
varies  between  7,  8  and  9  percent.  If  the  student  qualifies  the  federal  government  will 
pay  the  interest  while  the  student  is  in  school.  The  student  may  borrow  in  one  academic 
year  a  sum  not  to  exceed  $2500.00  as  an  undergraduate  nor  $5,000.00  as  a  graduate 
student  and  no  more  than  $12,500.00  maximum  for  all  undergraduate  years  nor 
$25,000.00  maximum  for  all  graduate  and  undergraduate  years  combined.  Repayment 
begins  between  six  to  12  months  after  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school. 

PLUS.  Under  this  program  parents  of  students  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enrollment 
as  at  least  half-time  students  are  eligible  to  borrow  for  the  students  educational  expenses. 
Independent  undergraduate  students  or  graduate/professional  students  who  are  enrolled 
or  admitted  for  enrollment  as  at  least  half-time  students  are  eligible  to  borrow  for  their 
educational  expenses  under  this  program.  Applications  for  this  program  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Financial  Aid  Office.  Interest  on  these  loans  varies  between  12  and 
14%.  At  the  present  time  the  rate  is  12%.  For  a  parent  borrower  $3000.00  is  the  max- 
imum per  academic  year  for  each  dependent  undergraduate  student  not  to  exceed 
a  total  of  $15,000.00.  An  independent  undergraduate  student  may  borrow  $2500.00 
maximum  per  academic  year  with  a  total  of  PLUS  and  GSL  not  to  exceed  $1 2,500.00. 
The  graduate/professional  student  may  borrow  $3000.00  maximum  per  academic  year 
with  a  total  PLUS  amount  not  to  exceed  $1 5,000.00.  The  repayment  period  on  the  loan 
begins  the  day  the  loan  is  disbursed  and  interest  begins  to  accrue  that  day.  The  first 
payment  is  due  within  60  days  of  the  date  the  loan  is  disbursed.  The  borrower  must 
make  minimum  annual  payments  of  $600.00  to  all  holders  of  PLUS  and  GSL  loans. 
A  borrower  is  allowed  at  least  5  years  but  not  more  than  10  years  to  repay  the  loan. 

The  National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program.  A  student  may  borrow  in  the  first 
two  academic  years  a  total  sum  not  to  exceed  $3,000  and  during  the  undergraduate 
course  of  study  a  sum  not  exceeding  $6,000.  Payment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  months 
after  the  borrower  has  completed  or  withdrawn  from  higher  education  work  and  will 
be  completed  within  10  years  and  nine  months.  The  interest  rate  is  5  percent  during 
repayment.  Detailed  information  concerning  this  loan  and  application  forms  can  be 
secured  from  the  director  of  financial  aid  at  Millsaps. 


20 


other  loan  funds  include: 
Coulter  Loan  Fund 
Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund 
William  Larken  Duren  Loan  Fund 
Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund 
Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship 
Phil  Hardin  Loan  Fund 
Jackson  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund 
Joe  B.  Love  l\/lemorial  Loan  Fund 
Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship 
J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund 
United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund 
George  R.  and  Rose  Williams  Endowed  Loan  Fund 

Additional  Financial  Aid  Opportunities 

Part-time  Employment:  Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply 
through  the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  may  con- 
tact the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from  funds  contributed 
by  the  federal  government  and  the  college  to  provide  financial  assistance  through 
employment. 

State  Student  Incentive  Grants  are  provided  by  Millsaps,  the  state  of  Mississippi 
and  the  federal  government.  These  funds  are  to  help  qualified  students  with  substantial 
financial  need. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  provided  by  the  federal 
government  to  provide  supplemental  grants  to  other  aid  to  assist  in  making  available 
the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  students  of  exceptional  financial  need  who, 
for  lack  of  financial  means  of  their  own  or  their  families,  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an 
education  without  such  aid. 

The  Pell  Grant  was  established  by  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972  and  is 
funded  by  the  federal  government.  When  the  grant  is  fully  funded,  each  student  is  en- 
titled each  academic  year  to  a  grant  of  $1 ,800  less  family  contribution  (method  of  deter- 
mining this  contribution  to  be  set  by  the  U.S.  Commissioner  of  Education),  or  half  the 
college  cost,  whichever  is  less. 


21 


3 

Student  life 


CAMPUS  MINISTRY 

Religious  life  at  Millsaps  centers  around  the  churches  of  the  city  of  Jackson  and 
the  religious  life  program  coordinated  through  the  Campus  Ministry  Team.  Churches 
provide  communities  of  faith  for  students,  faculty,  and  staff.  The  campus  religious  life 
program  works  to  enhance  the  spiritual  growth  of  members  of  the  community.  The  em- 
phasis is  on  the  development  of  values  and  insights  related  to  one's  religious  life  that 
are  formed  by  a  keen  awareness  of  the  world  and  are  shaped  by  struggling  with  fun- 
damental questions  about  the  nature  of  belief  and  of  a  religious  lifestyle. 

To  meet  these  goals,  the  campus  ministry  program  at  Millsaps  utilizes  as  fully  as 
possible  the  experiences  of  students  in  the  classroom  and  in  their  relationships  to  their 
peers,  both  being  situations  which  raise  basic  questions  about  intellectual  and  spiritual 
growth  and  about  the  link  between  faith  and  life.  Thus,  programs  concerning  the  rela- 
tionship of  faith  to  issues  raised  in  the  classroom  are  an  integral  part  of  the  religious 
life  program  of  the  college.  Further,  such  established  programs  as  the  Student  Sym- 
posium and  the  Friday  Forum  Series  are  utilized  to  provide  religious  perspectives  on 
critical  issues. 

Campus  ministry  at  Millsaps  is  coordinated  through  the  Campus  Ministry  Team, 
a  group  of  about  35  students,  faculty  and  staff  persons  who  plan  for  the  college  com- 
munity. The  team  works  through  several  committees:  Chapel  Committee,  Human  Rights 
Committee,  Special  Ministries  Committee  and  Voluntary  Service  Committee. 

The  campus  ministry  program  at  Millsaps  is  ecumenical.  St.  Peter's  Catholic 
Cathedral  provides  a  staff  person  to  the  Millsaps  campus  who  works  with  Catholic 
students  and  in  the  larger  life  of  the  college.  Intervarsity  Christian  Fellowship  regularly 
works  with  a  group  of  students.  All  programming  is  ecumenical  in  terms  of  participation 
and  resource  people. 

The  Office  of  the  Chaplain  serves  as  a  liaison  with  churches,  the  United  Methodist 
conferences,  and  other  groups  and  agencies  in  the  city  and  state.  The  chaplain  works 
with  students  who  serve  internships  with  the  Methodist  Building  staff,  provides  resources 
for  events  on  and  off  campus  related  to  various  campus  ministry  concerns,  and  actively 
participates  in  the  work  of  the  United  Methodist  conferences  to  which  the  college  relates. 

PUBLIC  EVENTS  COMMITTEE 

The  Public  Events  Committee  receives  funds  from  the  student  government  to  sponsor 
programs  of  general  interest  to  the  campus  and  community.  Its  major  activity  is  the  Fri- 
day Forum  Series— a  continuing  slate  of  speakers  presented  each  Friday  during  the 
academic  year.  The  objective  of  the  series  is  to  provide  information  and  stimulate  in- 
terest in  current  issues,  to  explore  historical  events,  and  to  present  differing  perspec- 
tives on  controversial  subjects.  Faculty  members,  local  authorities  and  national  experts 
are  invited  to  present  their  thoughts  on  a  variety  of  literary,  cultural,  scientific,  political, 
religious  and  historical  topics. 

In  addition  to  the  Forum  Series,  the  Public  Events  Committee  sponsors  special  events 
throughout  the  academic  year.  It  provides  funds  to  student  organizations  and  academic 
departments  interested  in  organizing  programs  open  to  the  entire  campus.  These  in- 
clude films,  guest  speakers,  and  music  recitals. 

All  of  these  activities  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  liberation 
of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in  all 
its  richness  and  complexity,  and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and 
mature  judgment. 

ATHLETICS 

The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that  athletics  exist 
for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the  prestige  and  publicity 
of  the  college. 


24 


Competitive  sports  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of  good  sportsmanslnip  and  fair 
play  can  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the  complete  pliysical,  emotional,  moral,  and 
mental  development  of  the  well-rounded  individual.  They  are  thus  an  integral  part  of 
a  program  of  liberal  education.  An  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports-for-all  program 
and  to  encourage  as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate. 

Intercollegiate 

The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  tennis,  and  soccer. 
The  women's  program  includes  basketball  and  tennis. 

The  programs  are  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Collegiate 
Athletic  Association  of  which  Millsaps  College  is  a  member. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to  observe  and  main- 
tain the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

Intramural 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations  in  basket- 
ball, volleyball,  softball,  tennis,  and  soccer.  The  program  for  women  includes  touch  foot- 
ball, volleyball,  tennis,  basketball,  softball,  and  soccer. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the  college,  and  its  staff 
is  composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus  journalism.  The  P&W  endeavors  to 
provide  coverage  of  all  Millsaps  events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum  for  discussion 
and  exploration  of  ideas. 

Now  in  its  seventy-seventh  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication 
of  Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensive  view  of  campus  life.  Bobashela 
is  an  Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  college  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  creative  writing 
are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication  comes  out  twice  each 
year  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories  and  essays  submitted  by  Millsaps 
students. 

MUSIC  AND  DRAMA 
The  Millsaps  Singers 

Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps  in  public  perfor- 
mances, campus  programs  and  annual  tours  throughout  the  state  and  other  areas  of 
the  United  States.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington, 
D.C.;  to  Atlanta  to  record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir 
has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the  Jackson  Symphony 
many  times,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra  and  the  New  Orleans  Philharmonic. 
Membership  earns  two  semester  hours  of  activity  credit  for  the  year's  work. 

The  1983-84  concert  season  will  include  the  annual  performance  of  Handel's 
Messiah,  an  in-state  tour  of  Mississippi,  two  performances  with  the  Jackson  Symphony, 
and  a  performance  of  Orffs  Carmina  Burana  for  the  Millsaps  Arts  and  Lecture  Series. 

The  Troubadours 

Auditions  are  held  each  fall  for  membership  in  the  Troubadours,  a  show  choir  of 
16  students  selected  from  the  Singers.  The  Troubadours  represent  the  college  at 
numerous  campus,  high  school,  and  cultural  functions  throughout  the  state. 


25 


The  Miilsaps  Players 

The  Miilsaps  Players  produce  four  full-length  plays  each  year.  In  addition,  they  pre- 
sent several  one-act  plays  directed  by  senior  theatre  majors.  Casting  for  all  plays  is  done 
by  audition,  open  to  all  students.  Participation  in  Players  productions,  either  onstage 
or  backstage,  earns  credit  toward  nnembership  in  Alpha  Psi  Onnega,  national  honorary 
drannatics  fraternity.  Among  the  major  productions  staged  in  recent  years  are  A  Cry 
of  Players,  Othello,  The  MatchrDaker,  Picnic,  Hay  Fever,  Paint  Your  Wagon,  Charley's 
Aunt,  Camelot,  Look  Back  in  Anger,  Candida,  Damn  Yankees,  Dangerous  Corner,  The 
Merchant  of  Venice,  Nude  with  Violin,  The  Winslow  Boy,  Equus  and  A  ^/lidsummer 
Night's  Dream. 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 

Student  Association 

All  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Miilsaps  are  members  of  the  Student  Association. 
Those  taking  at  least  12  hours  or  part-time  students  who  pay  the  Student  Association 
fee  have  full  power  of  voting.  The  Miilsaps  Student  Association  is  governed  by  the  Stu- 
dent Senate,  the  Student  Judicial  Council,  and  the  Student  Executive  Board.  The  Stu- 
dent Senate  is  composed  of  35  voting  members  elected  from  the  Miilsaps  Student 
Association.  Members  of  the  Student  Senate  are  chosen  by  the  third  Tuesday  in 
September  and  serve  their  constituency  the  length  of  the  academic  year. 

Student  Executive  Board  (S.E.B.)  Officers  of  the  Student  Senate  are  elected  at  large 
from  the  Miilsaps  Student  Association.  The  officers  are  president,  first  vice-president, 
second  vice-president,  secretary,  and  treasurer.  The  officers  serve  a  term  beginning 
and  ending  on  February  1. 

Regular  Student  Senate  meetings  are  held  during  the  first  week  of  each  month, 
with  special  meetings  called  by  the  secretary  at  the  request  of  1)  the  president  of  the 
Senate,  2)  the  Senate,  3)  seven  members  of  the  Senate,  4)  the  president  of  the  college. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  exercise  legislative  power 
over  those  areas  of  collegiate  activity  that  are  the  responsibility  of  students  and  to  speak 
for  the  Student  Association  on  all  matters  of  student  concern.  In  addition  the  Student 
Senate  is  responsible  for  1)  apportioning  funds  collected  by  the  college  as  Student 
Association  fees;  2)  granting  or  revoking  charters  to  student  organizations;  3)  formulating 
rules  of  social  and  dormitory  conduct;  4)  supervising  student  elections;  and  5)  carrying 
out  traditional  class  responsibilities. 

The  Judicial  Council  is  composed  of  eight  voting  members  in  addition  to  the  two 
student  alternate  members.  Members  are  appointed  as  follows:  two  faculty  members 
appointed  by  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  with  the  approval  of  the  presi- 
dent; one  administrative  staff  member  appointed  by  the  president;  five  student  members 
and  two  student  alternate  members  appointed  by  the  Student  Executive  Board  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Student  Senate.  The  dean  of  student  affairs  serves  as  the  non-voting 
secretary,  and  the  associate  dean  of  student  affairs  serves  in  a  non-voting  capacity. 

The  Judicial  Council  generally  has  jurisdiction  over  student  disciplinary  cases.  Limita- 
tions of  its  authority  are  delineated  in  the  constitution  of  the  Miilsaps  College  Student 
Association  which  is  printed  in  the  student  handbook. 

Honor  Societies 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity,  founded  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Alabama  in  1926.  Leadership,  scholarship,  expertness,  character,  and  personality 
are  the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  membership.  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta 
strives  to  bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical  schools. 

Alpha  Eta  Sigma  is  a  scholastic  and  professional  accounting  fraternity  with  the 
following  objectives:  promotion  of  the  study  and  practice  of  accounting;  provision  of 
opportunities  for  self-development  and  association  among  members  and  practicing  ac- 
countants; and  encouragement  of  a  sense  of  ethical,  social,  and  public  responsibility. 


26 


Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recognizes  members 
of  the  Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation  in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage 
management,  costuming,  lighting,  or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name  of  the  outstanding 
graduating  senior  member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a  trophy  which  is  kept 
in  the  college  trophy  case. 

Beta  Beta(Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1968,  is  a  national  honor  fraternity  for 
students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to 
promote  the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life 
sciences.  Monthly  meetings  are  held  to  discuss  new  ideas,  research,  and  other  material 
pertinent  to  biology  and  related  sciences.  Activites  include  off-campus  field  trips  and 
the  invitation  of  nationally  prominent  lecturers  to  the  campus. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  re-established  on  the  Millsaps  campus  in  1957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability  in  classical  studies. 
Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  December,  1935. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes  the  cause  of 
education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideals  among  those 
preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  is  the  international  economics  honorary  society.  ODE  is 
dedicated  to  the  encouragement  of  excellence  in  economics,  with  a  main  objective  of 
the  recognition  of  scholastic  attainment  in  economics.  Candidates  for  election  to  member- 
ship must  have  an  overall  scholastic  average  of  at  least  a  B  and  at  least  1 2  credit  hours 
in  economics  with  a  B  average  or  better.  Delta  chapter  of  Mississippi  was  formed  at 
Millsaps  College  in  1981. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  leadership  society  with  chapters  in  principal  colleges 
and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members  of  the  student  body  and 
faculty  interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni  and  sup- 
porters who  plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  college.  Membership  in  Omicron  Delta  Kap- 
pa is  a  distinct  honor. 

Phi  Alpha  Theta,  is  an  international  honor  society  in  history  founded  in  1921.  It 
now  has  over  600  chapters  in  the  U.S.,  Puerto  Rico,  Canada,  and  the  Philippines. 
Membership  is  composed  of  students  and  professors,  elected  on  the  basis  of  excellence 
in  the  study,  and  writing  of  history.  It  encourages  the  study,  teaching,  and  writing  of 
history  among  all  its  members. 

Phi  Eta  Sigma,  is  a  national  honorary  society  which  recognizes  outstanding 
academic  achievement  in  freshmen.  The  Millsaps  chapter  was  established  Dec.  1 ,  1981 . 
Membership  is  open  to  all  full-time  freshmen  who  achieve  a  grade-point  average  of  3.5 
in  either  the  first  semester  or  both  semesters  of  the  freshman  year. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment  and 
scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature.  Its  purpose  is  to  honor 
those  students  having  earned  a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  in  French,  and  who 
have  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects.  Honorary  members  are  chosen  from 
among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have  a  special  interest  in  the  activities 
of  this  organization. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those  students 
who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to  provide  a  forum 
for  the  study  of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  at  Millsaps 
College  on  Feb.  24,  1968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attainment  and  scholarship 
in  the  study  of  the  Spanish  language  and  literature.  Membership  is  open  to  students 
with  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects  who  also  possess  at  least  a  B  average 
in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to  those  having  at  least  three  college  years  of  Spanish 
including  a  minimum  of  three  hours  of  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  is  a  leadership  and  service  honorary  society  whose  members  are 
selected  on  the  basis  of  character,  scholarship,  and  involvement  in  college  and  com- 
munity activities.  It  brings  together  student  leaders  from  many  phases  of  campus  life 
along  with  a  limited  number  of  faculty  members  to  provide  opportunities  for  service  to 
the  Millsaps  community  and  to  act  as  a  channel  for  the  exchange  of  information  about 
campus  events  and  concerns. 

27 


Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores,  juniors, 
and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain 
specified  qualifications.  The  purpose  is  furthering  general  interest  in  the  sciences. 

Activity  Groups 

Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  to  provide  an  organization  for  the  informal  study 
of  various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian  cultural  life.  At  Christmas  the  annual 
"Weihnachsfest"  is  a  campus  tradition. 

Tlie  l\/lillsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  improve 
the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 

FRATERNITIES  AND  SORORITIES 

There  are  five  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities  and  sororities 
are  all  members  of  well-established  national  Greek-letter  organizations. 

The  sororities  are  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha,  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta  and  Phi  Mu. 

The  fraternities  are  Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  Kappa  Alpha,  Kappa  Sigma,  Lambda  Chi  Alpha, 
and  Pi  Kappa  Alpha. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the  Panhellenic 
Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council. 

Alpha  Phi  Alpha  is  an  associate  member  of  the  college  Interfraternity  Council.  Alpha 
Kappa  Alpha  is  also  an  associate  member  of  the  college  Panhellenic  Council. 

At  the  end  of  rush  week  these  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they 
have  selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  governed  by 
the  following  regulations: 

A.  General  Conditions 

1.  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  12  academic  hours)  may  be 
pledged. 

2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  official  registration 
for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Office  of  Records. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of  its  prospective 
initiates  from  the  Director  of  Records  prior  to  the  initiation  ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can  be 
initiated. 

B.  Scholastic  Requirements 

1 .  To  be  eligible  for  initiation,  a  student  must  have  earned  in  his  most  recent  semester 
of  residence  as  many  as  24  quality  points,  and  in  the  same  semester  as  many 
as  12  semester  hours  of  academic  credit,  and  must  not  have  fallen  below  D  in 
more  than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall  receive 
an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic  averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester  for  sorority 
or  fraternity  purposes. 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  is  given  to  a  student  in  intermediate 
French  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the  language  and  for  general  interest 
and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and  civilization.  The  award  is 
intended  to  encourage  students  on  the  intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in 
the  field  of  French  literature,  and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence  and 
a  handsome  volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture,  donated  by  the  Cultural 
Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose  and 
qualifications  for  the  student  in  intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in 


28 


French  has  for  students  of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  con- 
ferred, consists  of  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some 
aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  a  national 
society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a  certificate  of  merit 
to  the  most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 

The  Alpha  PsI  Omega  Award,  the  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards,  the  Millsaps 

Players/Haines  Award  for  Scenery,  and  The  Mitchell  Award  are  given  each  year  to  those 
students  who  are  outstanding  in  dramatics. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year  by  the  Millsaps 
College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Division  of 
Analytical  Chemistry,  and  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate  in  analytical 
chemistry. 

Awards  In  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West  German  Federal 
Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of  German  presents  appropriate 
book  prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and  literature. 

The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Award.  The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Chapter  recognizes  annually 
an  outstanding  member  of  the  chapter  who  has  demonstrated  scholastic  excellence 
and  outstanding  service  in  the  field  of  biology. 

The  Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  an  outstand- 
ing member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 

The  Biology  Research  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually 
a  biology  major  who  has  won  recognition  in  biology  on  the  basis  of  interest,  scholar- 
ship, and  demonstration  of  research  potential. 

Black  Students  Association  Awards.  The  BSA  recognizes  annually  the  outstand- 
ing female  and  male  black  students  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievements  and  con- 
tributions to  the  organization. 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  at  commencement  to  the  freshman,  sophomore, 
or  junior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such  student  must  be  a  can- 
didate for  a  degree,  and  must  have  taken  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  college 
work  during  the  year  in  which  the  medal  is  awarded.  No  student  can  win  this  medal 
a  second  time. 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology.  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the 
outstanding  senior  majoring  in  sociology. 

The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached  by  a  ministerial 
student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Commencement  Sunday.  This  annual  award, 
established  by  the  Galloway  family  in  honor  of  the  late  Bishop  Galloway,  is  a  medal. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a  chemistry  honorary, 
each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior  in  chemistry. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest  of  women 
in  the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25  to  the  girl  having  the  highest  average 
for  the  year  in  the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  economics, 
or  other  courses  in  the  social  sciences. 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents  the  best 
and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course. 

Computer  Science  Award.  The  Computing  Center  presents  an  award  annually 
to  the  student  who  has  the  outstanding  achievement  in  computer  science. 

The  Magnolia  Coullet  Senior  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  senior  who  has  best 
demonstrated  excellence  in  and  love  for  classical  studies. 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization  for  his 
or  her  outstanding  contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Awards  are  made  to  rising  seniors  in  the  School 
of  Management  who  have  distinguished  themselves  academically  in  their  overall  col- 
lege work  and  in  required  junior-level  coursework. 


29 


The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  are  made  to  the  students  with  the  highest  scholastic 
averages  in  Latin  and  Greel<. 

The  Freshman  IVIathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Department  of 
Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in  mathematics. 

The  Founders'  IVIedal  is  awarded  at  commencement  to  the  senior  who  has  the 
highest  quality  index  for  the  entire  college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of  Excellent 
on  the  comprehensive  examination.  Only  students  who  have  completed  at  Millsaps  Col- 
lege all  the  work  required  for  the  degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  annually  to  the 
student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  general  chemistry  a  handbook  of  chemistry 
and  physics. 

The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  Department  presents  annually  to  the 
two  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  averages  in  general  physics  a  handbook  of 
chemistry  and  physics. 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  creative  arts  is  a  cash  award 
presented  at  Commencement  to  recognize  the  achievements  of  the  student  doing  the 
most  outstanding  work  in  one  of  the  creative  arts  — in  writing,  in  composing,  or  in  one 
of  the  graphic  arts. 

The  Lambda  Chi  Alpha  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  faculty  member  who  has 
contributed  most  to  understanding  life  and  ideals  set  forth  by  the  college. 

The  Mathematics  Major  Award  is  made  annually  to  three  majors.  Each  recipient 
is  given  a  year's  membership  in  the  Mathematical  Association  of  America. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award,  a  specially 
designed  medal,  is  presented  to  the  student  majoring  in  accountancy  who  has  shown 
superior  achievement  in  accounting  courses. 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the  outstanding  senior 
student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and 
to  enter  seminary  to  prepare  for  this  responsibility. 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science  Department 
established  the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be  given  to  the  outstanding  senior 
graduating  in  political  science  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence  in  academic 
career,  personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals. 

The  Velma  Jernigan  Rodgers  Scholarship  Award  is  presented  at  Commence- 
ment to  the  rising  senior  woman  student  who  has  the  highest  grade  point  average  in 
the  humanities.  The  award  was  established  in  1 982  by  Mrs.  Rodgers,  a  long-time  friend 
and  benefactor  of  the  college,  and  is  intended  to  encourage  study  in  one  of  the  areas 
in  the  humanities. 

Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  the  outstanding 
senior  history  major  in  recognition  of  Dr.  Moore's  distinguished  service  to  Millsaps 
College  for  more  than  50  years. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  annually 
to  the  graduating  senior  who  is  distinguished  in  the  study  of  German. 

The  Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award  is  a  medal  and  $500  stipend  presented  at  Com- 
mencement to  a  full-time  student  majoring  in  pre-medicine  who  has  completed  four 
semesters  of  work.  Selection  is  made  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence.  The  award 
was  established  in  1 977  in  memory  of  Miss  Sims  by  her  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Stanley 
Sims,  and  her  friends.  Miss  Sims  would  have  been  a  member  of  the  1 977-78  freshman 
class  at  Millsaps. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the  graduating 
class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street  Journal  of 
New  York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  majoring  in  the  field  of  economics,  account- 
ing, and  business  administration. 

The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre-medical  student 
selected  by  the  faculty. 


30 


4 

curriculum 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

1 .  Requirements  for  All  Degrees 

A  total  of  124  hours  is  required  for  tine  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science, 
Bachelor  of  Business  Administration,  and  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  degrees; 
1 20  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree;  and  1 28  hours  for  the  Bachelor 
of  Music  degree. 

Of  this  total,  120  (124  for  the  B.M.  degree)  must  be  letter  graded  academic  hours 
excluding  activity  courses*  but  including  core  requirements  and  major  requirements. 
The  only  exception  is  that  a  maximum  of  six  hours  in  the  internship  program  may 
be  graded  on  a  credit/no-credit  basis. 

Credit  by  examination,  where  there  is  a  score  that  can  be  entered  on  the  stu- 
dent's record,  is  treated  as  letter-graded  credit  subject  to  the  limitations  stated  in  the 
section  on  Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination. 

Of  the  remaining  hours,  a  minimum  of  one  hour  of  a  Physical  Education  activity 
course  must  be  included. 

*An  activity  course  is  defined  as  an  approved,  faculty-supervised  physical,  in- 
tellectual, or  cultural  activity  available  to  the  student  outside  the  regular  classroom 
offerings.  Such  courses  (currently  offered  in  music,  physical  education  and  theatre) 
are  designated  by  the  symbol  A  before  the  course  number. 

2.  Core  Requirements  for  All  Degrees: 

MAN  AND  HIS  CULTURE 

Literature 6  Hours 

English  201-202  or  203-204 

Fine  Arts 3  Hours 

Art  -  Any  course  in  the  department  for  which  the  student  qualifies. 
Music  101-102,  111-112,  121-122,  215,  251-252 
Theatre  103-104 

Religion  and/or  Philosophy 6  Hours 

Any  religion  or  philosophy  course  for  which  the 

student  qualifies  (three  hours  of  which  must  be  in  religion). 

MAN  AND  HIS  WORLD 

Laboratory  Science 8  Hours 

Biology  111-112,  121-122 

Chemistry  121-123,  122-124 

Geology  101-102 

Natural  Science  101-102 

Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  in  addition  to  1 51  -1 52 

Mathematics 6-8    Hours 

A  minimum  requirement  of: 
Mathematics  103-104  for  the  B.A.,  B.M.,  B.L.S.  and  B.S.  Ed.  degrees. 
Mathematics  107-108  or  115-116  for  B.S.  and  B.B.A.  degrees. 
Note:  Certain  majors  require  a  specific  sequence  (see  departmental 

requirements).  Deviation  from  listed  sequences  requires  approval  from 
the  Department  of  Mathematics. 

MAN  AND  HIS  SOCIETY 

History 6  Hours 

History  101-102 

Economics,  Political  Science,  Psychology  and  Sociology 6  Hours 

Any  course  in  the  disciplines  of  anthropology, 
economics,  political  science,  psychology  and 
sociology  for  which  the  student  qualifies  (excluding 
Economics  201-202  for  students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree). 

32 


Physical  Education* 1  Hour 

*  Physical  Education  is  not  required  for  the  B.L.S.  degree. 

ENGLISH  COMPOSITION 

Freshmen  are  required  to  take  one  of  the  three  programs  in  English  composi- 
tion, i.e.,  English  101-102, 103-104,  or  105.  B.S.  Ed.  candidates  are  required  to  take 
English  101-102.  B.L.S.  candidates  may  substitute  Liberal  Studies  100. 

HERITAGE  PROGRAM 

Heritage,  an  interdisciplinary  program  designed  for  freshmen,  fulfills  the  following 
requirements: 

Literature  6  Hours 

Fine  Arts  3  Hours 

Religion  3  Hours 

Philosophy  3  Hours 

History  6  Hours 

3.  Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degrees: 

Proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  (202)  of  a  foreign  language.  .  .  .6-12  Hours 
Philosophy 3  Hours 

4.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

Two  additional  one-year  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  to 

be  chosen  from: 

Biology  111-112,  or  121-122 8  Hours 

Chemistry  121-122  in  addition  to  123-124 8  Hours 

Geology  101-102 8  Hours 

Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226 6-10  Hours 

Natural  Science  101-102 8  Hours 

Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152 8  Hours 

The  distribution  of  the  total  science  requirement  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  include 

courses  in  three  disciplines  from  the  above  list. 

5.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  Degree: 

B.B.A.  Core 

Accounting  281  -282 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  220  or  221,  275,  321, 

333,  334,  336,  362  and  399 24  Hours 

Economics  201  -202 6  Hours 

Computer  1 00,  1 1 0,  or  272 1-3  Hours 

Philosophy  311  or  Religion  351 3  Hours 

At  least  54  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  School  of  Management 
and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  School  of  Management. 
A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  each  of  the  B.B.A.  core  courses. 
The  B.B.A.  is  required  for  accounting  and  business  administration  majors. 
Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have  com- 
pleted at  least  52  semester  hours. 

6.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree: 

Education  221,  301,  352,  434  or  456,  HPE  332 15  Hours 

Speech 3  Hours 

7.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  Degree: 

Liberal  Studies  100* 3  Hours 

Philosophy 3  Hours 

Proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  in  a 
foreign  language  or  computer  language 6-12  Hours 

*  Satisfies  three  hours  of  the  core  requirement  in  philosophy  and  religion. 


33 
MILLSAPS  WILSON  LIBRARY 

millsaps  college      y 


8.  Residence  Requirements: 

To  qualify  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  30  of  the  last  36  fiours  of  academic  work 
must  be  done  in  residence  as  a  degree-seeking  student.  The  three  exceptions  allowed 
to  this  rule  are:  (1)  pre-engineering  dual-degree  program  students  may  transfer  back 
as  many  as  31  hours,  (2)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  prescribed  pre- 
medical  technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and 
(3)  students  leaving  to  enter  professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final  26  hours 
of  work  (in  this  case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps  for  the  second 
semester  of  the  junior  year). 

9.  English  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate  pro- 
ficiency in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given  by  the  English 
Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore  within  two  and  one-half 
hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at  the  examination.  Students  who  made 
grades  of  A  or  B  on  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105  at  Millsaps  are  exempted  from 
this  examination.  Students  may  also  demonstrate  the  required  proficiency  in  Liberal 
Studies  100. 

The  examination  is  given  by  the  English  Department  twice  in  the  academic  year. 
The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in  November  from  4  to  6:30  p.m. 
A  special  administration  of  the  examination  is  given  on  the  second  Thursday  in  March 
from  4  to  6:30  p.m.  to  seniors  who  hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not  passed  the  Junior 
English  Proficiency  Examination.  Seniors  who  fail  the  special  examination  and  who  think 
they  have  compelling  cause  may  petition  the  dean  of  the  college  for  an  extraordinary 
administration  of  the  examination  in  the  summer  session  following.  If  the  dean  grants 
the  petition,  he  may  also  stipulate  that  the  student  must  audit  English  101-102  during 
the  summer  session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors  who 
failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  be  present  for  the  November  administra- 
tion of  the  proficiency  examination. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a  member  of 
the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction. 

10.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major 
in  one  of  the  following  areas:  accounting,  art,  business  administration,  biology,  chemistry, 
church  music,  classics,  computer  studies,  economics,  education,  English,  French, 
geology,  German,  history,  mathematics,  music,  philosophy,  physics,  political  science, 
psychology,  religion,  sociology,  Spanish,  or  theatre.  For  students  pursuing  the  B.L.S. 
degree  an  interdisciplinary  major  is  also  possible  with  the  consent  of  the  appropriate 
departments. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment of  instruction.  Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful 
consideration  and  with  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior 
year  and  the  proper  forms  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Records.  All  work  to  be  applied 
toward  the  major  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  department  chairman  or  the 
student's  major  professor. 

A  student  may  have  more  than  one  major  by  completing  the  requirements  in  the 
departments  involved. 

11.  Minors: 

While  there  is  no  requirement  that  students  complete  a  minor  as  a  part  of  their  degree, 
they  may  elect  a  minor  in  those  departments  which  offer  one. 

Ordinarily  a  student  must  have  a  minimum  of  12  hours  in  a  department  beyond 
what  is  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  in  order  to  qualify  for  a  minor.  A  minimum 
of  eight  hours  toward  the  minor  must  be  taken  at  Millsaps.  Specific  requirements  for 
a  particular  minor  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  department  of  instruction. 


34 


12.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  nnust  pass  a  satisfactory  conn- 
prehensive  examination  in  the  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the  senior 
year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single  course  or 
series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to  coordinate  the 
class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to  relate  the 
knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the  field  which 
could  not  be  acquired  from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  written 
and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  members 
of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a  committee 
composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  department,  one  or 
more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified  persons. 

Students  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in  which  they 
have  credit  and  in  which  they  are  currently  enrolled  are  those  which  fulfill  the  requirements 
in  their  major  department.  They  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring  semester  if  they 
are  within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester.  The  examination  will  be 
given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the  other  requirements  and  who 
will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring  semester. 

13.  Quality  Index  Required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.,  B.S.,  B.B.A.,  B.L.S.,  and 
B.S.  Ed.  degrees;  248  for  the  B.M.  degree.  An  overall  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  re- 
quired of  all  students.  Transfer  students  must  have  at  least  a  quality  point  index  of  2.00 
on  their  Millsaps  work.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  the  total  number  of  academic 
hours  attempted;  however,  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  hours  attempted  is  allowed  in 
instances  where  courses  are  repeated  at  Millsaps.  (See  Section  Grades,  Honors,  Class 
Standing.) 

14.  Application  for  a  Degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written  ap- 
plication for  the  degree  by  November  1  of  the  academic  year  of  graduation.  This  date 
will  apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  the  summer  session.  Forms 
for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Office  of  Records. 

15.  Requirements  for  a  Second  Degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have  30 
additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  semester  hours  required  for  the  first  degree, 
and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both  the  second 
degree  and  the  second  major. 

16.  Required  Sequence  of  Courses  for  All  Regular  Students: 

Freshmen  students  shall  enroll  in  the  appropriate  course  in  English  composition 
(unless  exempt  by  examination)  and  in  at  least  one  other  prescribed  course  as  listed 
in  the  Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Sophomore  students  shall  enroll  in  at  least  two  prescribed  courses  as  listed  in  the 
Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Enrollment  in  the  required  language  courses  will  begin  not  later  than  the  first  semester 
of  the  junior  year.  It  is  recommended  that  language  be  started  in  the  freshman  or 
sophomore  year.  Those  freshmen  who,  by  virtue  of  previous  study,  plan  to  satisfy  the 
language  requirement  taking  courses  at  the  intermediate  level  only,  are  strongly  ad- 
vised to  being  such  courses  in  the  freshman  year  while  their  experience  in  the  language 
chosen  is  recent. 


35 


PRE-MEDICAL  AND  PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the 
catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirements.  The 
following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  121-122 8  hours      Mathematics  115-116  or  115-108  8  hours 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124.   8  hours      Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition 

Chemistry  231-232,  233-234.10  hours     to  151-152 8  hours 

English  101-102 6  hours 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory  Com- 
mittee (Al  Berry,  George  Beardsley,  Robert  Bergmark,  Susan  Howell,  James  McKeown 
and  Edmond  Venator)  in  designing  a  program  that  will  fit  particular  needs,  background 
and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend  that 
the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  interest.  This  catalog  should 
be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements.  Millsaps  and  most 
medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  develop  a  sound 
background  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Some  medical  and  dental  schools  will  not  accept  credit  in  laboratory  science  courses 
obtained  by  C.L.E.P.  or  advanced  placement  tests.  If  the  student  plans  to  obtain  such 
credit,  he  should  first  consult  the  medical  or  dental  schools  in  which  he  has  an  interest 
to  be  certain  that  the  school  will  accept  such  credit. 

The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  dental 
school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  (s)he  should  obtain  maximum  preparation.  In  general, 
the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  performance  in  introductory 
college  courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to  prepare  adequately. 
The  student  should  also  utilize  limited  time  in  taking  courses  that  will  not  be  available 
during  professional  training.  The  following  courses  are  recommended  as  electives  by 
many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  251,  301,  381,  383,  391  or  315 

Chemistry  251-253,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366 

English  201-202  or  203-204 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 

History  101-102 

Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226 

Philosophy 

Physics  301 ,  306,  311,31 5,  or  31 6 

Psychology  303,  307 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  gives  the  student  a  more  flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take 
additional  courses  of  interest  and  need. 

PREPARATION  FOR  MINISTRY 

A  program  for  students  planning  for  or  interested  in  exploring  a  form  of 

professional  Christian  ministry 

Millsaps  College  has  enjoyed  a  tradition  of  close  involvement  with  students  from 
all  denominations  and  faiths- particularly  from  The  United  Methodist  Church-whose 
vocational  goal  or  interest  was  a  form  of  professional  Christian  ministry.  The  Prepara- 
tion for  Ministry  Program  is  designed  to  offer  a  wide  variety  of  experiences  for  persons 
who  have  decided  on  or  would  like  to  explore  some  form  of  Christian  ministry  as  a  per- 
sonal vocation.  The  specific  purposes  of  the  program  are  as  follows: 

a.  To  encourage  personal  grov\^h  in  relation  to  self  and  other  persons. 

b.  To  explore  meanings  and  forms  of  ministry  and  to  encourage  openness  to  the 
many  ways  that  the  Christian  Gospel  speaks  to  human  beings  and  their  worlds. 


36 


c.  To  keep  students  closely  in  touch  with  the  resources  and  personnel  of  their  de- 
nomination or  faith,  and  to  serve  as  a  liaison  with  key  administrative  persons  of 
these  bodies. 

d.  To  support  students  who  wish  to  explore  some  form  of  professional  ministry  as 
a  possibility  for  themselves. 

e.  To  assist  students  in  developing  a  vision  for  their  own  ministry. 

f.  To  involve  students  in  various  types  of  competency  training  relevant  to  pro- 
fessional ministry. 

g.  To  provide  a  supportive,  encouraging  community  for  students  planning  for  or 
interested  in  professional  ministry. 

The  Preparation  for  Ministry  Program  provides  a  basic  link  between  the  college 
and  the  conference/diocese/presbytery  or  other  structure  to  which  a  student  is  respon- 
sible. In  the  case  of  United  Methodists,  the  program  is  a  supplement  to  the  candidacy 
program.  This  program  is  also  a  clearinghouse  for  student  employment  in  various 
capacities  in  congregations  or  church  agencies.  Participation  by  United  Methodist 
students  is  obligatory  for  receiving  the  ministerial  grant. 

The  following  is  the  format  for  the  program  on  a  four-year  basis: 

First  Year:  Exploration  of  personal  motivations  for  professional  ministry  through  a 
variety  of  personal  interviews,  group  sessions  and  programs;  building  relationships  with 
other  participants;  exploring  meanings  and  forms  of  ministry  through  interviews,  pro- 
grams, and  field  trips. 

Second  Year:  Personal  growth  experiences  through  two  weekend  personal  growth 
seminars  (one  each  semester)  focused  on  self-development,  assessment  of  style  of  work- 
ing with  people  and  interpersonal  relations,  with  continuing  emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment of  one's  personal  vision  of  ministry,  and  with  optional  personal  growth  experiences 
growing  out  of  these  seminars;  experiences  designed  to  expose  students  to  working 
situations  (church  school  classes,  youth  ministry  programs,  etc.);  training  in  knowledge 
and  skills  for  particular  tasks,  with  options  according  to  previous  experiences  and  in- 
terests, in  areas  such  as  education,  music,  youth  ministry,  group  dynamics,  planning 
process,  and  other  areas  to  be  designated  as  the  need  arises. 

Third  Year:  Internships  to  be  developed  in  consultation  with  the  student  in  order 
to  fit  his  or  her  interest.  (Internships  will  carry  academic  credit  in  the  Department  of  Religion 
and  will  include  careful  goal-setting,  supervision,  and  reflection);  consultations  as  prepara- 
tion for  seminary  choice  and  enrollment. 

Fourth  Year:  Further  skill  training;  seminar  based  on  personal  growth,  need  assess- 
ment and  goal  setting. 

Special  arrangements  will  be  made  for  persons  who  transfer  in  after  the  first  or  sec- 
ond years  of  their  college  work  and  for  persons  with  special  circumstances. 

The  coordinator  for  the  Preparation  For  Ministry  Program  will  be  the  chaplain  to 
the  college,  assisted  by  the  Department  of  Religion  and  two  pre-seminary  students.  These 
persons  will  work  with  an  advisory  committee  which  will  include  the  deans  of  students, 
the  academic  dean,  the  director  of  church  relations,  representatives  of  the  supervising 
pastors  of  the  two  United  Methodist  conferences  in  Mississippi,  representatives  of 
denominations  or  faiths  other  than  United  Methodist,  chairpersons  of  the  Board  of  Or- 
dained Ministry,  and  other  students  who  are  interested  in  or  planning  for  some  form 
of  professional  Christian  ministry.  All  incoming  students  who  will  receive  the  ministerial 
grant  or  who  would  like  to  explore  Christian  ministry  as  a  personal  vocation  may  secure 
a  flyer  and  enroll  in  the  program  in  the  Department  of  Religion  or  the  Office  of  the 
Chaplain. 

PRE-LAW 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning  to 
go  to  law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-law  program  for  all  students.  To  do  well  in  the 
study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess: 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and  precisely 

(b)  critical  understanding  of  the  human  institutions  with  which  the  law  deals 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

37 


Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  fronn  different 
courses.  Therefore,  students  should  consult  with  their  faculty  or  major  advisers  and  with 
the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  particular  needs, 
background,  and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult  the  pre- 
law advisor,  John  Quincy  Adams,  from  time  to  time. 

PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  social  work  should  plan 
a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Introductory 
courses  in  sociology,  psychology,  and  social  work  are  essential.  Other  courses  which 
are  strongly  recommended  include  Social  Problems,  Theories  of  Personality,  and  Social 
Psychology.  Internships  can  provide  valuable  practical  experience  with  community  social 
welfare  agencies.  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  plan  a 
schedule. 


PROGRAMS  FOR  TEACHER  CERTIFICATION 

Millsaps  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Education  Degree  (B.S.ED.)  with  majors 
in  Elementary  Education,  Health  and  Physical  Education,  and  Secondary  Education 
in  Science,  Mathematics,  and  Computer  Studies.  The  Elementary  Education  major  will 
be  certified  for  kindergarten  through  eighth  grade,  the  Health  and  Physical  Education 
major  will  be  certified  for  kindergarten  through  twelfth  grade,  and  the  Secondary  Educa- 
tion major  will  be  certified  for  seventh  through  twelfth  grade. 

Teacher  certification  at  the  secondary  level  may  also  be  obtained  by  majoring  in 
a  specific  subject  area,  fulfilling  the  requirements  for  a  Millsaps  degree,  and  completing 
the  required  education  and  subject  area  courses  for  each  area  of  certification. 

The  following  courses  listed  below  each  Teacher  Certification  Program  are  required 
to  qualify  for  the  Class  A  Elementary  Certificate  or  the  Class  A  Secondary  Certificate 
as  stipulated  by  the  Division  of  Certification,  Mississippi  State  Board  of  Education.  Of 
course,  the  student  must  also  meet  those  requirements  necessary  to  receive  a  specific 
Millsaps  College  degree.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  students  pursuing  either  elementary 
or  secondary  certification,  in  cooperation  with  their  advisor,  to  insure  that  the  course 
requirements  for  certification  are  met,  as  well  as  the  course  requirements  for  gradua- 
tion from  Millsaps  College. 

Teacher  Certification  for  the  B.S.ED.  Degree  Candidate 
All  B.S.ED.  Degrees 
Education  221,  301,  352,  434  or  456,  HPE  332,  Speech  (3  hours),  and  the  Millsaps 
core  requirements  (including  Natural  Science  101-102). 

Elementary  Education,  K-8 
Education  201 ,  205,  211,213,214,  305,  309,  320,  321 ,  323,  337,  339,  341 ,  345,  HPE 
305,  Math  103,  104,  and  a  1-hour  elective  in  Science  or  Math. 
Health  and  Physical  Education,  K-12 
HPE  205,  207,  210,  220,  302,  304,  305,  31 1 ,  312,  Education  207*,  215*,  341 ,  Biology 
235,  236,  Sociology  301 ,  and  6  hours  of  HPE  electives.  *Alternative  courses  are  available 
to  meet  requirements,  see  department  chairman. 

Secondary  Education  Majors,  7-12 
Education  207,  215,  362,  372,  456. 

Secondary  Education/Science 
The  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  two  of  the  following  four  teacher  certification 
classifications:  Biological  Science  —  16  hours  (which  must  include  Botany  and 
Zoology);  Chemistry  -  16  hours;  Earth  Science  -  16  hours  (which  must  include 
Geology  and/or  Astronomy);  Physics  —  16  hours  (which  must  include  Physics  131-132, 
151-152,  and  other  courses  with  the  permission  of  the  department  chairman). 


38 


Alternatively,  a  student  nnay  take  a  total  of  32  hours  of  any  science  (which  must  include 
Chemistry,  Astronomy,  and  Physics)  for  the  General  Science  certification.  Please  note: 
The  student  should  consult  with  the  chairman  of  the  department  offering  the  certifica- 
tion for  the  specific  math  requirements. 

Secondary  Education/Math 
Math,  116,  223-224  or  225-226,  335  or  346,  361 ,  plus  9  hours  from  the  following  courses: 
Math  325,  326,  335,  336,  345,  346,  351,  371,  Computer  110. 

Secondary  Education/Computer  Studies 
Computer  110,112,210,  250,  271  or  272,  plus  1 2  hours  from  the  following  courses: 
Computer  218,  311,  312,  354,  362,  374,  382. 

Secondary  Certification  (7-12)  for  the  Non-B.S.ED.  Degree  Candidate 

Education  207,  21 5,  221 ,  301 ,  352,  362,  372,  456  (or  430  for  Music  certification),  HPE 
332,  Speech  (3  hours),  and  the  Millsaps  core  requirements  (which  must  include  3  hours 
each  of  a  biological  science  and  a  physical  science). 

Bible 
Religion  201,  202,  381,  plus  15  additional  hours  of  religion.  Total  24  hours. 

English 
English  201  or  202,  301  or  302,  342,  365  or  366,  396,  397,  plus  12  hours  of  English 
and  12  hours  of  a  foreign  language.  Total  42  hours. 

Foreign  Language 
No  set  course  requirements.  The  student  must  complete  18  semester  hours,  provided 
that  two  high  school  units  in  the  same  language  have  been  earned  and  that  the  student 
begins  the  study  of  language  at  the  intermediate  level;  24  semester  hours,  provided 
less  than  two  high  school  units  in  the  same  language  have  been  earned.  The  applicant 
must  demonstrate  oral  proficiency. 

Math 
Math  223-224  or  225-226,  335  or  346,  361,  plus  9  hours  from  the  following  courses: 
Math  325,  326,  335,  336,  345,  346,  351 ,  371 ,  Computer  1 00,  1 1 0,  21 0,  271 ,  272.  Total 
24  hours. 

Psychology 
Education  205,  207,  352,  Psychology  206,  plus  18  hours  of  electives  in  Psychology. 
Total  30  hours. 

Social  Studies 
History  1 01  -1 02  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02,  History  201 ,  202,  308,  Economics  201 ,  202,  303, 
or  304  (to  total  6  hours).  Political  Science  101,  102,  Sociology  101,  Geology  101,  102 
or  Geography  (6  hours),  plus  6  hours  of  electives  from  history,  economics,  political 
science,  or  sociology.  Total  42  hours. 

Science 
Biological  Science  —  32  hours  of  any  science  (which  must  include  Biology  111-112 
and  121-122).  Chemistry  -  32  hours  of  any  science  (which  must  include  16  hours 
of  Chemistry).  Earth  Science  -  32  hours  of  any  science  (which  must  include  16  hours 
of  Geology  and/or  Astronomy).  Physics  —  32  hours  of  any  science  (which  must  in- 
clude 16  hours  of  Physics).  General  Science  -  32  hours  of  any  science  (which  must 
include  Astronomy,  Chemistry,  and  Physics). 

K-12  Certification  for  the  Non-B.S.ED.  Degree  Candidate 

Art 

Education  207*,  215*,  221,  301,  337,  352,  362,  456,  HPE  332,  Speech  (3  hours).  Art 
1 01 ,  1 02,  1 04,  1 05,  21 0,  21 1 ,  291 ,  292,  350,  plus  3  hours  from  the  following  courses: 
Art  220,  230,  240.  *  Alternative  courses  are  available  to  meet  requirements,  see  depart- 
ment chairman. 


39 


Music 

Education  207*,  215*,  221,  301,  352,  362,  430,  HPE  332,  Speech  (3  hours).  Music 
323,  335,  341;  a  total  of  12  hours  from  the  following  courses:  Music  101,  102,  201, 
202;  a  total  of  6  hours  from  the  following  courses:  Music  251,  252,  381,  382;  and  3 
hours  from  the  following  courses:  201 ,  202,  251 ,  252,  303,  304,  381 ,  382.  Total  24  hours. 
Additional  requirements  for  endorsement  in  Voice:  Voice  (16  hours).  Piano  and/or  Organ 
(8  hours,  with  a  minimum  of  4  hours  in  piano),  and  2  hours  course  work  in  other  in- 
struments. Total  26  hours.  Additional  requirements  for  endorsement  in  Keyboard:  Piano 
and/or  Organ  (16  hours,  with  a  minimum  of  4  hours  in  piano),  Voice  (8  hours),  and  2 
hours  course  work  in  other  instruments.  Total  26  hours. 

Teacher  Certification  in  Gifted  (K-12) 

Upon  completion  of  any  teacher  certification  program  (K-8,  7-1 2,  K-12)  and  Education 
41 0  (Education  of  the  Gifted)  and  Education  41 2  (Methods  and  Materials  for  the  Gifted) 
the  student  will  be  eligible  for  teacher  certification  in  the  area  of  the  Gifted,  K-12.  The 
recommendation  of  a  district  superintendent  is  also  required  by  the  State  Department 
of  Education. 


40 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in 
engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  five 
engineering  schools— Auburn,  Columbia  University,  Georgia  Tech,  Vanderbilt  Univer- 
sity and  Washington  University—  by  which  a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years 
for  a  total  of  93  hours  or  more  and  then  continue  work  at  any  of  the  schools  listed  above, 
transferring  back  31  hours  or  less  for  a  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of 
the  fifth  year  receive  the  engineering  degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

4-2  Master's  Program  In  Engineering:  Columbia  University  also  has  a  4-2  pro- 
gram in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  degree  requirements 
and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  master's  degree  in  engineering. 

The  Combined  Plan  Program  offers  degrees  in  aerospace  science  and  engineer- 
ing, civil  engineering,  computer  science,  electrical  engineering,  engineering  mechanics, 
environmental  science  and  engineering,  industrial  and  management  engineering, 
mechanical  engineering,  mining  engineering,  nuclear  engineering,  ocean  engineering, 
applied  geophysics,  engineering  mathematics,  applied  physics,  flight  science,  materials 
science,  operations  research,  plasma  physics,  solid  state  science,  bioengineering, 
chemical  engineering,  chemical  metallurgy,  metallurgical  engineering,  mineral  engineer- 
ing, engineering  biology,  and  applied  chemistry. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  at  Auburn  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering 
degrees  in  aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  materials  and  mechanical 
engineering.  It  is  also  possible  to  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  agricultural  engineering. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  of  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  offers  degrees  in 
aerospace,  ceramic,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical,  nuclear,  and  tex- 
tile engineering.  In  addition,  degrees  are  offered  in  economic  systems,  engineering 
science,  textile  chemistry,  textiles,  applied  biology,  chemistry,  information  and  computer 
science,  applied  mathematics,  physics,  applied  psychology,  behavioral  management, 
economics,  general  management,  industrial  management,  and  management  science. 

Vanderbilt  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering  degrees  in  chemical,  civil,  elec- 
trical, and  mechanical  engineering. 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three-year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  schools 
of  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary  science  and 
mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology,  composition, 
literature,  and  other  subjects  which  ensure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for  pre-medical 
technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical 
technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals 
of  the  American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by 
the  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association,  and  other  authoritative 
medical  groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at  Millsaps 
College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the  third  year 
spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The  student  must 
complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Students  enrolled  in  affiliated  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back  the 
final  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing 
the  requirements  of  124  semester  hours  for  graduation.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded 
at  the  first  commencement  exercise  following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology 
training. 

Medical  technology  students  are  encouraged  to  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree 
before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology. 


41 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

The  Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  outstanding  ability 
to  pursue  an  advanced  course  of  study  which  would  ordinarily  not  be  available.  In  the 
spring  of  their  junior  year  and  the  fall  of  their  senior  year,  honors  students  carry  out 
a  research  project  of  their  choice  under  the  direction  of  a  professor  from  their  major 
department.  The  project  culminates  in  an  honors  thesis,  which  is  presented  before  a 
panel  of  faculty  members.  In  the  spring  of  the  senior  year,  students  participate  in  an 
interdisciplinary  colloquium  which  intensively  examines  a  topic  of  broad  interest.  Students 
successfully  completing  all  phases  of  the  Honors  Program  receive  the  designation  "with 
honors"  in  their  major  subject  at  graduation.  Students  interested  in  participating  in  the 
Honors  Program  should  consult  with  the  director  of  the  Honors  Program  in  the  fall  of 
their  junior  year. 

The  Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester 

Under  this  program,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Southern  College  University  Union 
and  by  the  Department  of  Energy,  a  Millsaps  student  may  spend  the  spring  semester 
of  the  junior  or  senior  year  studying  and  doing  research  at  Oak  Ridge  National  Laboratory, 
Oak  Ridge,  TN.  A  full  semester's  academic  credit  is  normally  earned.  The  student 
technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of  scholarships  and 
loans,  which  are  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 

The  Washington  Semester 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American  Univer- 
sity, Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College,  and  other  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior  students  in  the  field 
of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact  with  the  work  of  govern- 
mental departments  and  other  national  and  international  agencies  that  are  located  in 
Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students  with  possible  careers  in  public  service  and 
imparting  a  knowledge  of  government  in  action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the  par- 
ticipating colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  earn  16  hours  of  credit 
toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Eight  hours  are  earned  in  a  Conference 
Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet  with  students. 
Four  hours  are  earned  in  a  research  course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing 
the  sources  available  only  at  the  nation's  capital.  And  four  hours  are  earned  in  an  In- 
ternship, in  which  the  student  is  placed  in  a  government  or  public  interest  organization 
office.  In  Washington  the  program  is  coordinated  by  faculty  members  of  The  American 
University. 

Millsaps  has  a  guaranteed  quota  of  two  students  for  each  spring  semester,  although 
students  may  petition  for  entry  in  the  fall.  Second  semester  sophomores,  juniors,  or  seniors 
are  eligible. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  program. 

The  United  Nations  Semester 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  NJ,  enables  Millsaps 
political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  firsthand  study  of  the  work  of 
the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  15  hours  of  credit  toward  graduation.  Three 
hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  which  meets  two  days  of  each 
week  in  the  United  Nations  Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat,  delegates,  and  special 
agency  representatives  often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned  program  of  studies.  Students 
also  earn  three  hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  individual  research  project  on  some 
phase  of  the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of  credit  are  electives  taken  from 
the  regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  college. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  program. 


42 


The  London  Semester 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  gives  upperclass  political  science 
nnajors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a  semester.  Fifteen  hours  of 
credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary  emphasis  on  political  science.  The 
faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from  Drew,  includes  members  of  the  faculty  of  the 
London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  Oxford  University,  Leeds  Universi- 
ty, and  other  outstanding  schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel  in  the  heart  of  Lon- 
don. Provision  is  made  for  an  optional  pre-fall  or  post-spring  tour  of  the  continent  at 
a  modest  cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 

Millsaps  College  in  cooperation  with  seven  other  colleges  in  the  Southern  College 
and  University  Union  sponsors  a  six-week  intensive  summer  program  at  Oxford  University 
in  England.  It  enables  students  to  study  a  particular  period  of  British  history  in  a  thoroughly 
integrated  way  and  in  a  milieu  which  affords  an  incomparable  opportunity  to  benefit 
from  the  experience.  Up  to  six  hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through  this  program. 
Limited  financial  aid  is  available. 

International  Political  Economy  in  London 

A  six-week  summer  program  based  in  London  and  focusing  on  challenges  of  the 
multinational  economy  was  recently  instituted  under  the  auspices  of  the  Southern  Col- 
lege and  University  Union.  It  provides  an  opportunity  to  study  in  an  integrated  way  the 
social,  economic,  and  political  facets  of  contemporary  international  problems  while  ob- 
serving firsthand  the  operations  of  a  major  financial  center.  Up  to  six  hours  of  credit 
may  be  earned  through  this  program.  Limited  financial  aid  is  available. 

Other  Study  Abroad  Programs 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year  Abroad 
program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence  in  France.  Students 
with  a  special  interest  in  classics  should  consider  the  Intercollegiate  Center  for  Classical 
Studies  in  Rome  and  the  College  Year  in  Athens  Program,  both  of  which  offer  semester 
programs  in  the  classical  languages  combined  with  archeological  site  and  museum  study 
during  the  regular  academic  year.  The  American  Academy  in  Rome  and  the  American 
School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Athens  offer  summer  programs  in  classical  art  and  ar- 
cheology. Other  study  abroad  programs  are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western 
Europe  as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students  interested  in  receiving  college  credit  for 
such  study  may  receive  information  concerning  these  programs  from  the  chairman  of 
the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Legislative  Intern  Program 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science  students 
may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe  the  state  law- 
making process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative  committees,  per- 
forming a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up  bills.  Students  also 
take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the  legislative  process.  See  Political 
Science  452. 

Public  Administration  Internship 

With  the  cooperation  of  city,  state,  and  federal  agencies,  students  who  have  had 
the  introductory  public  administration  course  may  be  placed  in  middle  management 
level  positions. 

School  of  Management  Intern  Programs 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical  ex- 
perience through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  prominent 
regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency  of  the  federal  government. 
The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent  management  per- 
sonnel according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's 
participation  and  progress  provides  the  basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit. 
See  offerings  451-452  in  the  School  of  Management. 

43 


Small  Business  Institute 

Students  apply  theory  to  practice  by  consulting  small  business  nnanagement  in  the 
area.  The  progrann  is  sponsored  by  the  Snnall  Business  Administration  (S.B.A.),  an  agency 
of  the  federal  government.  Students  should  register  for  Administration  490. 

Millsaps-Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  Cooperative  Program 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  the  natural  sciences,  are  per- 
mitted to  enroll  for  one  or  more  of  the  following  courses  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research 
Laboratory  as  a  part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies.  The  laboratory  is  situated  near 
Ocean  Springs,  180  miles  south  of  Jackson.  Summer  work  at  the  laboratory  provides 
firsthand  knowledge  of  both  marine  and  brackish  water  environments. 

For  further  information  regarding  these  courses  contact  the  G.C.R.L.  coordinator 
on  campus. 

ADULT  DEGREE  PROGRAM 

The  Adult  Degree  Program  was  established  in  1 982  to  meet  the  needs  of  adults 
24  years  of  age  and  older  who,  because  of  work  or  family  responsibilities,  cannot  at- 
tend college  in  the  traditional  way.  Students  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  are 
candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree. 

This  program  features  individualized  academic  advising,  a  required  introductory 
seminar  for  adults  returning  to  college,  evaluation  of  previous  college  work,  credit  for 
prior  learning,  and  an  opportunity  for  independent  directed  study.  Students  in  the  Adult 
Degree  Program  may  elect  to  major  in  one  of  the  traditional  disciplines  or  they  may 
choose  to  design  an  interdisciplinary  major. 

In  addition  to  its  academic  programs,  Millsaps  provides  a  variety  of  special  ser- 
vices for  adult  students.  These  include  child  care,  career  planning  and  placement 
assistance,  financial  aid,  information  sessions,  and  a  regular  monthly  newsletter. 

For  further  information  about  the  Adult  Degree  Program,  see  the  Guidelines  and 
Procedures  Handbook. 

THE  GRADUATE  PROGRAM 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

The  evening  Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  program  has  been  estab- 
lished at  Millsaps  in  response  to  requests  from  the  business  and  non-profit  communities 
in  the  Jackson  area.  Although  designed  primarily  to  meet  the  needs  of  part-time  students, 
sufficient  coursework  is  offered  every  semester  to  allow  full-time  graduate  students  some 
flexibility  in  planning  a  curriculum  of  study.  A  typical  class  includes  men  and  women 
with  a  broad  range  of  ages,  and  with  backgrounds  from  engineering,  the  physical  and 
social  sciences,  the  arts  and  the  humanities  as  well  as  from  business.  The  following  foun- 
dation courses  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level;  Accounting  281-282;  Business 
Administration  220,  275,  321 ,  333,  334,  362;  Economics  201-202;  and  Computer  100. 

For  further  information  about  the  MBA  Program,  see  the  Graduate  Catalog. 


44 


5 

administration 
of  the  curriculum 


GRADES,  HONORS,  CLASS  STANDING 

The  grade  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class  standing  and  a  written 
examination.  The  examination  is  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for  the  semester. 
"A"  represents  superior  work. 
"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement. 
"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement. 
"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class  below 

the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as  "B"  is  above  the  grade. 
"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other  semester 

of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the  higher  grade  on  the 

student's  record. 
"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks  of  "D"  and 

above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 
"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing,  and  "WF" 

means  withdrawal  while  failing. 
"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is  not  completed 

by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 
"CR"  represents  passing  work  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  com- 
puted in  G.P.A.). 
"NC"  represents  no  credit  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  computed 

in  G.P.A.). 

Quality  Points 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  D  shall  entitle  a  student  to  one  quality 
point  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  C  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student  to 
two  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  B  for  the  semester  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  and  a  grade  of  A  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  index  is  deter- 
mined by  dividing  the  total  number  of  quality  points  by  the  number  of  academic  hours 
taken.  The  change  from  a  3.00  to  a  4.00  quality  point  index  was  made  in  1968. 

Class  Standing 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating 24  hours;        24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating 52  hours;         72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating 90  hours;       144  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  his/her  status  at  the  beginning  of  the 
fall  semester. 

Student  Status 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  12  or  more  academic  hours  will  be  classified  as 
full-time  students.  Students  taking  fewer  than  12  academic  hours  may  not  represent 
the  college  in  extracurricular  activities. 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  fewer  than  1 2  academic  hours  will  be  classified 
as  part-time  students. 

A  special  student  is  a  mature  person  of  ability  and  seriousness  of  purpose  who 
enrolls  for  limited  academic  work  and  does  not  plan  to  seek  a  degree.  The  category 
of  "special  student"  is  not  intended  to  include  recent  high  school  graduates.  Special 
students  observe  the  same  regulations  concerning  attendance,  examination  and  profi- 
ciency as  regular  students. 

Credit/No  Credit  Grade  Option 

Some  courses  have  been  approved  to  be  graded  either  by  letter  grade  or  by 
credit/no  credit  grading.  The  purpose  of  credit/no  credit  grading  is  to  encourage  students 
to  take  courses  in  areas  they  might  not  otherwise  select.  Credit/no  credit  grading  re- 
quires full  participation  of  the  student  in  all  class  activities.  Credit  signifies  work  of  pass- 
ing quality  or  above.  It  will  not  carry  quality  points  nor  be  included  in  the  G.P.A.  Students 
are  reminded  that  (except  for  certain  internship  programs)  courses  graded  by  the 
credit/no  credit  option  do  not  count  toward  fulfilling  the  120  (124  for  the  B.  M.  degree) 
letter-graded  hours  requirement  and  cannot  be  used  to  fulfill  core  requirements  or  n^ 
jor  requirements. 

46 


When  grade  option  is  available,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  student  to  make  the 
;hoice  at  the  time  of  registration.  Any  change  in  grading  option  must  be  made  within 
he  drop-add  period.  (Exception:  Theatre  activity  may  be  added  later  with  appropriate 
ipproval.) 

Repeat  Courses 

A  student  may  enroll  in  a  course  at  Millsaps  which  has  previously  been  taken.  The 
Highest  grade  earned  in  that  course  will  be  used  in  determining  the  cumulative  quality 
Doint  average.  However,  all  grades  reported  for  the  course  remain  a  part  of  the  perma- 
nent record.  This  policy  applies  only  to  courses  originally  taken  at  Millsaps  during  or 
after  spring  semester  1973  and  to  courses  originally  taken  at  other  institutions  during 
3r  after  fall  semester  1980. 

Graduation  With  Distinction 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  the  entire  course  shall  be  graduated 
3um  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent 
Dn  the  comprehensive  examination  shall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude;  and  one 
A/hose  quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehen- 
sive examination  shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum  Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa  Cum 
_aude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  60  academic  semester  hours  in  Millsaps 
College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judg- 
Tient  of  the  faculty,  has  forfeited  the  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  for  students  who  have 
lot  done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades 
Tiade  at  other  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  students  will  be  considered  eligible 
Dniy  if  they  have  the  required  index  both  on  the  work  done  at  Millsaps  and  on  college 
courses  as  a  whole. 

Graduation  With  Honors 

A  full-time  student  with  junior  standing  who  has  an  overall  quality  point  index  of 
3.0  may  apply  to  the  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  as  a  candidate 
or  honors.  Admission  requires  acceptance  by  the  chairman  and  approval  by  the  Honors 
Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective  in  the  spring  semester 
Df  the  junior  year. 

Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  to  the  pro- 
gram will  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  enroll  in  a  directed  study  entitled 
-Honors  Research  I.  Work  begun  at  that  time  will  ordinarily  be  completed  in  the  fall 
semester  of  the  senior  year  when  the  student  will  be  enrolled  in  Honors  Research  II. 
^  letter  grade  will  be  given  for  each  of  these  courses.  The  two  semesters  of  research 
are  intended  to  culminate  in  an  honors  paper  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and 
defended  before  an  examining  board. 

The  last  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium  designed 
;o  bring  together  for  intellectual  exchange  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  The  aim 
Df  the  Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the  exchange  of 
deas  and  values  centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual 
nterestto  all  disciplines.  The  Honors  Colloquium  is  required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors 
Program. 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  colloquium  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and  defends 
the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  overall  quality  point  index,  and  who  has 
a  3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors.  A  candidate  who  has  a 
3.6  overall  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in  honors  work  and  who  has  presented 
a  superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time.  Students  en- 
rolled in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college  rules  for  dropping 
a  course  and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  involuntarily  terminated 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors  advisor  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Honors 
Committee. 

47 


Dean's  List 

Those  meeting  these  requirements  are  on  the  Dean's  List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  12  academic  hours  during  the  semester 
on  which  the  scholastic  average  is  based. 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  of  3.2  for  that  semester. 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  that  semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  dean,  a  good  citizen  of  the  college 
community. 

Hours  Permitted 

Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  1 7  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless  s(he) 
has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  last  semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than  19 
semester  hours  unless  (s)he  has  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00  on  the  last  semester  and 
obtains  permission  from  the  dean.  No  student  may  receive  credit  for  more  than  21  hours 
in  a  semester  under  any  circumstances.  In  order  to  be  classified  as  a  full-time  student, 
one  must  take  no  fewer  than  1 2  semester  hours. 

ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS 

Sciiedule  Clianges 

A  freshman  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory  science  courses 
in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  student's  adviser. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  while  being  enrolled 
at  Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  dean  of  the  college  or  the  associate 
dean  of  the  college. 

A  student  cannot  change  classes,  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  except  by 
the  consent  of  the  faculty  adviser.  Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a 
semester  do  not  appear  on  the  student's  record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two 
weeks  and  no  later  than  one  week  after  the  reporting  date  for  mid-semester  grades 
are  recorded  as  W.P.  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses 
dropped  after  this  time  are  recorded  as  F.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  without  securing 
the  required  approvals,  (s)he  receives  an  F. 

Witlidrawal 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  within  any  term  must  obtain  permission  from  the 
dean  or  associate  dean  of  the  college  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be  con- 
sidered unless  this  written  notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  under  Financial  Regulations. 

A  student  who  withdraws  with  permission  after  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester 
is  recorded  as  W.P.  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each  course.  A 
student  who  withdraws  without  permission  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or  any  other 
circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  (s)he  should 
have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student.  In  such  a 
case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing 
under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

No  student  who  withdraws  is  entitled  to  a  grade  report  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits 
until  (s)he  has  settled  accounts  in  the  Business  Office. 

Academic  Suspension 

To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester  six  hours  of  academic 
work.  After  the  first  half-year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours  of  academic  work 
each  semester  to  continue  in  college.  Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters 
a  student  may  be  on  academic  probation  without  suspension  is  two. 

48 


Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure  may  peti- 
tion in  writing  for  re-admission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted  unless  convincing 
evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non-recurring 
nature  and  that  the  student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the  subsequent 
semester.  However,  such  a  student  may  attend  the  summer  session  at  Millsaps  without 
a  petition. 

Academic  Probation 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain,  but  make  in  any  semester  a  quality 
index  of  less  than  1 .5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  apply 
for  all  courses  in  which  students  are  enrolled. 

Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00  quality  index  during 
a  regular  semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the  student 
is  enrolled  for  at  least  1 2  academic  hours  credit.  A  student  is  asked  not  to  re-enroll  at 
Millsaps  College  if  (s)he  is  on  academic  probation  for  two  semesters. 

Unsatisfactory  Academic  Progress 

A  part-time  student  who  makes  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1 .5  in  any  semester 
will  be  notified  that  he  or  she  is  making  unsatisfactory  academic  progress.  To  be  removed 
from  that  classification  the  student  must  make  a  2.0  quality  index  during  a  regular 
semester  or  summer  session. 

Class  Attendance 

Irregular  attendance  indicates  that  the  student  may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting 
to  the  course  or  to  college.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  students  with  respect 
to  their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but,  in  the  following  circumstances,  the 
faculty  member  is  expected  to  report  in  writing  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance 
record  to  the  Office  of  Records. 

1 .  For  a  freshman -whenever  the  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the  number  of 
class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For  any  student— 

a.  When  (s)he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings  for  reasons  un- 
known to  the  instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a  student's  absence  is  such  that  (s)he  is  in  danger  of  failing  the 
course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  is  for  counseling  purposes  only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the 
student's  grade. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  the  manner  and  extent  to  which  absences  alone 
will  affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  the  policy  in 
writing  to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  This  may  extend  to  dismissal 
from  the  course  with  a  grade  of  "F"  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  excused 
absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course  work.  Ex- 
planation for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a  member 
of  the  faculty  or  administration  may  be  helpful  to  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explana- 
tions are  not  in  themselves  excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences 
involving  missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and  similar  sched- 
uled commitments.  Faculty  members,  however,  may  not  excuse  students  from  atten- 
dance on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the  two  days  following  vacation  periods  without 
the  express  permission  of  the  dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  general  attendance  policy  of  the  college 
and  the  particular  policies  operative  in  each  class.  Further  details  relating  to  attendance 
are  in  the  student  handbook. 

Permission  to  make  up  an  examination  or  alter  the  time  for  an  examination  may 
be  granted  only  through  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college.  Any  special  ex- 
amination, if  granted,  must  be  held  no  later  than  the  sixth  week  of  the  next  regular 
semester.  A  $10  fee  will  be  charged  for  such  an  examination,  except  at  the  discretion 
of  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  in  cases  of  serious  illness  at  the  time  of 
the  examination.  This  fee  will  become  a  part  of  the  scholarship  fund. 


49 


A  student  who  has  been  excluded  from  a  course  by  recommendation  of  the  in- 
structor may,  if  (s)he  wishes,  petition  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  within 
one  weel(  for  the  privilege  of  a  reinstatement  examination.  This  examination,  to  be 
prepared  and  administered  by  the  instructor,  shall  cover  the  work  of  the  course  up  to 
that  date.  A  $10  fee  will  be  paid  to  the  Business  Office  for  this  privilege,  with  the  fee 
going  to  the  scholarship  fund.  Re-entry  shall  depend  upon  the  examination  results.  If 
a  student  does  not  petition  for  re-entry,  or  if  the  re-entry  is  denied,  the  grade  shall  be 
recorded  as  F. 

Exemptions 

Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the  semester  in  which 
they  complete  their  comprehensive  examinations,  but  only  in  those  courses  in  which 
they  have  a  C  average  or  better.  It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption 
does  not  ensure  the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two 
weeks  shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  student  be  ex- 
empt from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject  taken  and  failed 
in  the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination  must  be  secured  from  the  dean 
or  associate  dean  of  the  college.  Students  may  request  exemption  from  other  re- 
quirements by  petition  to  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Student  Behavior 

Millsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity  in  personal,  social 
and  academic  relationships,  and  with  consideration  and  concern  for  the  community, 
its  members,  and  its  property. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  administration  affirm  the  right  of  the  individual  to 
the  privacy  of  his  or  her  room.  The  use  of  intoxicating  beverages  is  not  a  part  of,  nor 
does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational  emphasis  of  Millsaps  College.  The  Board  of 
Trustees  does  not  approve  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  the  Millsaps  Campus  and 
does  not  permit  the  use  of  any  alcoholic  beverages  in  any  public  area  on  the  campus. 
A  student  may  consume  alcoholic  beverages  only  within  the  privacy  of  his  or  her  room 
and  only  in  accordance  with  the  state  law  which  prohibits  the  drinking  of  beer  for  those 
under  18  years  of  age  and  any  other  alcoholic  beverage  for  those  under  21  years  of 
age.  Regardless  of  age  and  state  law  requirements,  no  student  is  allowed  to  consume 
alcoholic  beverages  outside  of  the  confines  of  a  student's  room. 

Fraternity  and  sorority  facilities  are  subject  to  all  applicable  state  laws  and  city  or- 
dinances. Moreover,  in  the  absence  of  an  expressly  granted  exception,  the  display, 
serving,  consumption,  or  any  other  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  is  prohibited  on  the 
porches,  yards,  grounds  and  other  external  structures  of  any  such  facility. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  emphasizes  that  it  does  not  approve  of  the  use  of  alcoholic 
beverages  on  the  Millsaps  College  premises.  Consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  in 
fraternity  and  sorority  facilities  or  in  a  student's  room  must  never  result  in  irresponsible 
behavior  or  contribute  to  an  environment  not  conducive  to  the  realization  of  the  primary 
goals  and  aims  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  use,  possession  or  distribution  of  narcotics  or  dangerous  drugs  such  as  mari- 
juana and  L.S.D.,  except  as  expressly  allowed  by  law,  is  not  permitted.  Gambling  is 
not  permitted  on  campus. 

Disciplinary  Regulations 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  college  regulations  may  be  placed  on  social 
probation,  disciplinary  probation,  suspension  or  expulsion  at  the  discretion  of  the  Judicial 
Council,  the  dean  of  student  affairs  or  the  president  of  the  college  dependent  upon  the 
original  jurisdiction.  Cases  involving  a  recommendation  of  suspension  or  expulsion  are 
automatically  appealable  to  the  president  of  the  college. 

Social  Probation 

Social  probation  is  a  warning  to  a  student  or  to  a  campus  organization  regarding 

50 


acceptable  standards  of  conduct.  Its  primary  purpose  is  to  provide  a  period  of  time 
for  the  student  or  campus  organization  to  demonstrate  responsible  conduct  by  college 
standards. 

Disciplinary  Probation 

Disciplinary  probation  is  the  most  serious  penalty,  short  of  suspension  and  expul- 
sion, that  can  be  incurred  by  a  student.  During  a  period  of  disciplinary  probation  any 
further  infraction  of  college  regulations  will  render  the  student  liable  to  suspension. 

Disciplinary  Suspension  and  Disciplinary  Expulsion 

Suspension  is  a  decision  to  temporarily  separate  a  student  from  the  college. 
Expulsion  is  a  decision  to  permanently  separate  a  student  from  the  college. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  of  college  policy  regarding  student  behavior  is 
contained  in  the  student  handbook.  Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  residence  halls 
and  other  facets  of  campus  life  are  available  through  the  Student  Affairs  Office. 


51 


6 

departments 
of  instruction 


ACADEMIC  DIVISIONS 

The  academic  program  of  the  college  is  organized  into  six  academic  divisions,  in- 
cluding the  School  of  Management.  These  divisions  are:  Fine  Arts,  Humanities,  Language 
and  Literature,  Science  and  Mathematics,  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences,  and  School 
of  Management.  Within  these  divisions  are  the  academic  departments  and  programs 
through  which  the  curriculum  of  the  college  is  administered. 

Course  offerings,  together  with  major  and  minor  requirements,  are  listed  by  depart- 
ment and  division.  Interdisciplinary  courses  are  listed  under  a  separate  heading  follow- 
ing the  divisions.  Departmental  listings  can  be  found  on  the  following  pages; 

page 

Accounting 93 

Art 55 

Biology 71 

Business  Administration 94 

Chemistry 73 

Classical    Studies 61 

Computer    Studies 74 

Economics 94 

Education 81 

English 67 

Geology 76 

History 63 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 91 

Mathematics 78 

Modern   Languages 69 

Music 56 

Philosophy 64 

Physics 79 

Political  Science 84 

Psychology 87 

Religion 65 

Sociology 88 

Theatre 59 

EXPLANATION  OF  NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 

Courses  101-198     Primarily  for  freshmen. 
Courses  201-298     Primarily  for  sophomores. 
Courses  301-398     Primarily  for  juniors  and  seniors. 

(advanced,  or  upper-division  courses) 
Courses  401-498    Special  departmental  courses. 
Courses  501-698     Graduate  courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normally  taught  during  the  fall  semester; 
even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 
"G"  indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 
"S"  indicates  courses  offered  in  summer  only. 


54 


Fine  Arts 


ART 

Assistant  Professor:  JACK  D.  AGRICOLA,  M.A.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Courses  required  for  a  major  in  Art  fall  within  three  divi- 
sions: art  history,  introductory  and  upper  level  studio  art  courses.  Within  the  division 
of  art  history,  a  student  must  take  Art  History  Survey  290  and  291 ;  Art  398,  and  an 
additional  course  in  a  specific  period.  The  required  introductory  courses  are  Design 
101,  1 02  and  Drawing  1 04  and  1 05.  Within  this  division,  a  student  must  also  take  three 
beginning  level  courses.  The  upper  level  division  consists  of  two  intermediate  level 
courses,  an  advanced  level  course;  and  420,  421 ,  a  two  semester  course  culminating 
in  a  senior  exhibition.  In  the  B.A.  core.  Aesthetics  (Philosophy  321)  is  also  required. 

101 .  Two-dimensional  Design  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  elements  and  organizational 
principles  of  art,  including  color  theory.  Emphasis  on  two-dimensional  design. 

102.  Three-dimensional  Design  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  art  specifi- 
cally relating  to  volume  and  space.  Emphasis  on  three-dimensional  design. 

104.  Beginning  Drawing  (3).  An  introduction  to  drawing  using  lines  and  tones  to 
model  still  life  objects,  landscapes,  the  skeleton  and  the  figure. 

105.  Intermediate  Drawing  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course  using  pen  and 
ink,  wash  and  conte  crayon.  Prerequisite;  Art  104. 

206.  Advanced  Drawing  (3).  Advanced  problems  employing  various  mixed-media 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  Art  104,  105 

210.  Beginning  Painting  (3).  Offers  technical  training  in  the  use  of  materials  and  in 
the  basics  of  color  and  composition.  In  approach,  the  course  attempts  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  world  beyond  the  studio  and  the  work  of  artists  past  and  present. 

211.  Intermediate  Painting  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course.  This  course 
attempts  to  establish  in  students  the  habit  of  questioning  themselves  and  their  work 
and  a  commitment  to  constant  exploration  and  experimentation.  Prerequisite;  Art  210. 

312.  Advanced  Painting  (3).  Concentrates  on  major  contemporary  themes  and  issues 
in  the  medium.  Prerequisite:  Art  210,  211. 

220.  Beginning  Ceramics  (3).  Introduces  students  to  fundamental  handbuitding  tech- 
niques and  glazing  with  an  emphasis  on  form  and  function. 

221.  Intermediate  Ceramics  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course,  it  introduces 
students  to  wheel  throwing  techniques  and  to  colored  slips  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
cylindrical  form.  Prerequisite:  Art  220. 

322.  Advanced  Ceramics  (3).  A  continuation  of  previously  taught  handbuilding  and 
wheel  throwing  techniques  and  introduction  to  glaze  formulation  and  kiln  building. 
Prerequisite:  Art  220,  221. 

230.  Beginning  Printmaking  (3).  An  introduction  to  relief  printing  techniques  with 
an  emphasis  on  woodcuts.  Prerequisite:  104  or  consent  of  instructor. 

231.  Intermediate  Printmaking  (3).  An  introduction  to  intaglio  printing  techniques. 
Prerequisite;  Art  230. 

332.  Advanced  Printmaking  (3).  Examines  areas  of  personal  involvement.  Pre- 
requisite; Art  231. 

240.  Beginning  Sculpture  (3).  Offers  instruction  in  both  traditional  and  the  more 
experimental  sculptural  modes. 


55 


241.  Intermediate  Sculpture  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course,  it  explores 
experimental  methodologies  including  such  forms  as  events,  performances  and 
documentation.  Prerequisite:  Art  240. 

250.  Beginning  Piiotography  (3).  Explores  the  camera  as  a  tool  for  self-expression 
while  teaching  fundamental  darkroom  procedures. 

251 .  Intermediate  Photography  (3).  Offers  an  opportunity  to  develop  skills  in  the  uses 
of  photography  and  to  gain  an  historical  and  critical  understanding  of  the  field  with 
a  concentration  on  subject  and  content  rather  than  technique.  Prerequisite:  Art  250. 

350.  Commercial  Imagery  (3).  Investigates  the  union  of  image  and  language  to 
meet  commercial  and  artistic  ends.  Prerequisite:  Art  251  or  consent  to  instructor. 

305.  Lettering  (3).  Introduces  basic  letter  forms  and  the  art  of  calligraphy  and  examines 
their  use  as  a  visual  element  in  design. 

290.  A  Survey  of  Western  Art  History  I  (3).  Traces  the  development  of  western  art 
from  Prehistoric  times  through  the  Late  Gothic  period. 

291 .  A  Survey  of  Western  Art  History  II  (3).  Traces  the  development  of  western  art 
from  the  Italian  Renaissance  through  the  Twentieth  Century. 

304.  Classical  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  Focuses  on  the  changing  vision  of  the 
world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which 
artists  evolved  to  represent  that  vision. 

393.  Medieval  Art  (3).  Examines  art  in  the  Age  of  Faith. 

394.  Renaissance  Art  (3).  Examines  art  in  the  Age  of  Humanism,  combining  High, 
Low,  and  Northern  Renaissance  Art. 

395.  Mannerism  and  Baroque  Art  (3).  Examines  art  during  the  Rise  of  Science. 

396.  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Century  Art  (3).  Examines  art  during  the  Rise  of 
Romanticism. 

397.  Modern  European  Art  (3).  Examines  major  European  movements  in  art  begin- 
ning with  Realism  and  concluding  with  Surrealism. 

398.  American  Art  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  Examines  the  role  of  American 
art  beginning  with  the  Armory  Show  of  1 91 3  and  concluding  with  contemporary  issues. 

401.  Museumship  (3).  A  course  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  Mississippi  Art 

Association  and  the  Municipal  Art  Gallery  in  which  students  develop  a  working 

knowledge  of  a  gallery.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1-3  —  1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 
410.  Commercial  Art  Internship  (3).  A  course  in  which  the  student  works  for  a 

local  firm  under  the  supervision  of  the  Art  Department.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 

instructor. 
420-421 .  Senior  Project  (3-3).  A  course  in  which  the  senior  produces  a  body  of  work 

to  be  evaluated  for  his  or  her  graduation.  This  work  is  the  source  for  the  senior 

exhibition. 


MUSIC 

Professor  Emerita:  MAGNOLIA  COULLET,  B.M.,  A.M. 

Professor:  JONATHAN  M.  SWEAT,  A.Mus.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  DONALD  D.  KILMER,  M.M. 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI,  M.M. 
Assistant  Professors:  McCARRELL  L.  AYERS,  M.M. 

WILLIAM  P.  CARROLL,  M.M. 

HARRYLYN  SALLIS,  M.M. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 


56 


Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  piano,  voice, 
or  organ  may  be  earned.  The  minimum  credit  required  is  128  semester  hours.  Bachelor 
of  Music  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  each  of  their  final  two  years  of 
study.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in  the  student's  performance  area  is  required  at 
the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  examination  may  not  be  taken  until  the  student  is 
either  enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory  202.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required 
during  the  senior  year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  piano,  organ,  voice, 
music  education,  or  church  music  may  be  earned.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in 
the  student's  performance  area  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  ex- 
amination may  not  be  taken  until  the  student  is  either  enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory 
202.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Students  desiring 
teacher  certification  should  consider  state  requirements.  A  senior  recital  is  required  and 
must  be  given  while  the  student  is  registered  for  senior  level  applied  music. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  music  minor  in  piano,  voice,  organ, 
or  the  orchestral  instruments.  The  course  requirements  are  Music  101-102,  Music  251-252, 
and  10  hours  in  the  instrument,  culminating  in  one  half-hour  recital.  A  student  may  also 
minor  in  church  music.  The  course  requirements  are  Music  101-102,  Music  251-252,  Music 
315-316,  Music  341  or  Music  362,  and  six  hours  in  the  instrument.  No  solo  recital  is 
required. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS 

All  students  studying  applied  music  must  attend  weekly  repertoire  classes,  all  recitals 
presented  by  the  Music  Department,  and  take  an  examination  before  the  faculty  at  the 
end  of  each  semester. 

All  keyboard  majors  are  required  to  do  accompanying  each  semester  for  either  a 
singer,  an  instrumentalist,  or  one  of  the  vocal  ensembles. 

PIANO  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  adequate 
musical  and  technical  background  and  should  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales. 
They  should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the  standard  student 
repertory,  such  as  the  Bach  Two-Part  Inventions,  the  Mozart  and  Haydn  Sonatas,  the 
Mendelssohn  Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok  Mikrokomos. 

For  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ,  a  piano 
proficiency  examination  is  required.  The  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory, 
the  following  material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty);  the  major  and  minor  scales, 
a  Bach  two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  con- 
temporary work  of  moderate  difficulty.  The  student's  ability  at  sight-reading  will  be  tested. 
Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  piano  must  be  studied  each 
semester. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  must  have  one  semester  of  piano  pedagogy  and 
one  semester's  internship  in  piano  pedagogy.  They  must  also  fulfill  repertory  and  technical 
requirements  specified  by  the  department. 

ORGAN  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  completed 
sufficient  piano  study  to  play  the  Bach  Two-part  and  Three-part  Inventions,  Mozart  and 
Beethoven  Sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann,  Mendelssohn,  and  Bar- 
tok. The  student  should  also  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  degree  must  have  one  year  of  voice  study,  directed 
study  in  organ  literature  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  and  con- 
sole conducting. 

VOICE  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess  above 
average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and  musical 
intelligence  and  should  know  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be  able  to  sing  a  simple  song 
at  sight.  A  student  should  have  experience  in  singing  works  from  the  standard  repertory. 


57 


Voice  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  must  obtain  1 8  hours  in  foreign 
languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French,  German,  Italian.  Can- 
didates for  both  the  B.M.  and  B.A.  degrees  will  be  required  to  have  a  basic  piano 
proficiency. 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Students  electing  the  music  education  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree, 
not  the  Bachelor  of  Music. 

CHURCH  MUSIC 

Students  electing  the  church  music  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 
The  program  of  1 1 7  total  hours  is  designed  to  equip  the  church  musician  with  a  variety 
of  skills  so  as  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  contemporary  church.  Along  with  the  core 
requirements  for  all  degrees,  the  church  music  major  carries  additional  requirements 
in  music  (53  hours),  religion  (18  hours),  and  education  (six  hours).  An  internship  is  also 
a. part  of  the  program. 

Music  Theory 

101-102.  Basic  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and 
keyboard  harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation,  altered 
chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Three 
lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  101-102. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  First  semester  includes:  harmonic  and  structural 
analysis  of  basic  musical  forms  and  study  of  advanced  musical  forms.  The  second 
semester  is  the  study  of  polyphony  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  writing  of  canon 
and  fugue,  and  free  counterpoint  in  contemporary  styles.  Four  lecture  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Theory,  201-202. 

Music  Literature 
215.  Music  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an  important 

aspect  of  Western  culture. 
251-252.  Music  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music  literature 

with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period,  and  composer. 

Open  to  non-music  majors  with  consent  of  instructor. 
381-382.  Music  History  (3-3).  Music  from  antiquity  to  1750,  first  semester,  and  from 

1750  to  the  present,  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Music  Literature  251-252. 
401.  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Designed  to  correlate  work  studied  and  to  prepare  the 

student  for  graduate  study.  Research  and  projects  pertaining  to  the  student's  major 

interest. 

Church  Music 
315-316.  Church  Music  Literature  (2-2).  Sacred  music  from  antiquity  to  the  present. 
Organization  and  administration  of  the  church  music  program  is  included.  Open  to 
non-music  majors  on  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361 .  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  Open  to  advanced  organ  students.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

362.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and 
directing  the  choir  from  the  console.  Open  to  advanced  organ  students.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

Music  Education 
323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  of  music  for  classroom  teachers. 

Same  as  Education  323.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
333.  Music.  Grades  1-6  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music;  a  comparative  survey 

of  current  teaching  materials.  Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 
335.  Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at 

the  secondary  school  level.  A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and  texts. 

May  be  taken  in  lieu  of  Education  362.  Prerequisite:  Music  101-102. 


58 


341.  Choral  Conducting  (3).  Conducting,  scorereading,  rehearsal  techniques,  and 
diction  for  singers.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

342.  Instrumental  Ensemble  (2).  Fundamentals  of  string,  woodwind,  and  brass  in- 
struments, including  training  methods  and  materials. 

425-426.  Piano  Pedagogy  (2-3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  techniques  and  materials 
used  in  teaching  piano  to  children  and  older  students  in  both  private  and  class  in- 
struction. Offered  in  alternate  years. 

440.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same 
as  Education  430  or  440.  Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.  Same  as 
Education  452.  Prerequisite;  Music  335. 

491-492.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  piano  teaching 
or  working  in  the  music  program  of  a  church. 

Applied  Music 

Courses  are  designed  by  the  first  letter  of  the  instrument,  followed  by  the  proper 
number  from  the  following  table: 
Freshman  111-112;  121-122;  Sophomore  211-212,  221-222;  Junior  311-312, 

321-322;  Senior  41 1-41 2,  421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 

credit  each  semester. 
181-182;  281-282.  (1).  Class  instruction  in  voice  or  piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students 

who  meet  for  two  hours  per  week. 
331-332(3-3).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  junior 

recital. 
441-442  (4-4).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  senior 

recital. 
The  300  level  may  be  achieved  only  by  satisfactory  completion  of  the  upper  divi- 
sional examination. 

Additional  semesters  on  each  level  will  be  designated  by  successive  numbering, 
i.e.,  113,  114,  etc. 

Choir 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Millsaps  Singers  (choir)  by  audition.  One  hour  credit 
is  given  per  semester. 

Freshmen  A133-A134;  Sophomore  A233-A234; 
Junior  A333-A334;  Senior  A433-A434. 


THEATRE 

Professor:  LANCE  GOSS,  A.M.,  Chairman 

Assistant  Professor:  BRENT  LEFAVOR,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  major:  30  hours  to  include  Theatre  103-104,  141-142,  203-204, 
205-206,  305-306,  395-396,  402. 

Requirements  for  minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  Theatre  with  the  follow- 
ing courses:  Theatre  103-104,  203-204,  205-206,  and  two  hours  of  Performance. 

SPEECH 

101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  delivers  a  minimum 
of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  material  and  situations. 
Emphasis  on  development  of  correct  breathing,  proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enun- 
ciation, and  an  effective  platform  manner.  Individual  attention  and  criticism. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3). 


59 


THEATRE 
103-104.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3-3). 
131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 

Performance.  Practical  experience  in  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players.  The  first 

two  semesters  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with  Theatre  103-104.  One  hour  per 

semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 
141-142.  Theatre  l\/lovement  (1-1).  Includes  classical  ballet  barre,  pantomime,  exer- 
cises, basic  dance  steps,  and  general  movement. 
1 51 .  Introduction  to  Arts  Management  (3).  Examination  of  the  administrative  aspect 

of  the  live  entertainment  industry.  Organizations  considered  will  include  theatre,  opera, 

dance,  symphony,  and  one-night  formats. 
S171-S172.  Summer  Workshop  (3-3).  Includes  acting,  production,  and  performance 

techniques.  Experience  in  summer  production  by  the  Millsaps  Players. 
203-204.  Production  I,  Introduction  to  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  Emphasis  on 

basic  stagecraft,  lighting,  properties,  and  sound. 
205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays,  first  stemester;  second 

semester,  acting  in  pre-modern  drama.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 
225.  Stage  Makeup  (2).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
301.  Greek  Drama  (3).  The  theatre  of  ancient  Greece.  (See  Classical  Civilization  302: 

Greek  Tragedy.) 
303-304.  Production  II,  Scene  Design  and  Stage  Lighting  (2-2).  Prerequisite: 

203-204. 
305-306.  The  History  and  Literature  of  the  Theatre  (4-4).  Prerequisite:  Theatre 

103-104.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
312.  Theatre  in  America  (3).  American  theatre  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  Theatre 

305-306.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
325.  Stage  Management  (2).  The  role  of  the  stage  manager  in  the  modern  theatrical 

production.  Prerequisite:  103-104. 
337.  Modern  Drama.  See  English  337. 
365-366.  Shakespeare.  See  English  365-366. 
395-396.   Directing  (2-2).   Covers  all  facets  of  the  director's  role.   Prerequisite: 

103-104.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
402.  Directed  Reading  (2).  A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  including  independent  study, 

research,  and  reports.  Designed  to  cover  areas  of  special  interest  not  necessarily 

included  in  other  courses. 
451-452.  Internship  (3-3).  Practical  experience  in  scenery  and/or  lighting  with  the 

Mississippi  Authority  for  Educational  Television.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  303-304  and 

consent  of  instructor.  (Offered  in  summer  sessions  only.) 


60 


Humanities 


CLASSICAL  STUDIES 


The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 

Associate  Professor:  RICHARD  FREiS,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professor:  CATHERINE  RUGGIERO  FREiS,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  may  elect  a  major  in  classical  studies  with 
18-24  semester  hours  in  one  classical  language,  6  semester  hours  in  the  other  classical 
language,  and  1 2  semester  hours  in  classical  civilization  courses.  The  student  must  earn 
a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  counted  toward  the  major.  Either  Greek  or  Latin 
may  be  chosen  as  the  language  of  concentration.  If  Latin  is  the  language  of  concentra- 
tion, Greek  1 01  -1 02  will  suffice  for  the  secondary  language;  but  if  Greek  is  the  language 
of  concentration,  two  Latin  courses  above  the  101-102  level  will  be  required.  Any  of 
the  following  courses  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  chairman,  substitute  for  one  3-hour 
course  in  classical  civilization:  Philosophy  301 ,  Art  201 ,  English  203,  Political  Science  301 . 

Students  who  choose  Latin  with  the  goal  of  teaching  Latin  in  the  secondary  schools 
must  take  18  hours  above  the  101-102  level  for  teacher  certification.  Students  who  in- 
tend to  go  to  graduate  school  in  classics  should  take  additional  language  courses  in 
both  Greek  and  Latin.  Prospective  majors  should  also  consider  off-campus  programs 
in  classics.  For  further  information  see  section  Special  Programs. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  classical  studies  with 
two  courses  in  Greek  or  Latin  above  the  1 01  -1 02  level,  two  classical  civilization  courses, 
and  one  additional  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  classical  civilization. 

CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

The  following  courses  are  conducted  in  English;  they  are  open  to  all  students  for 
elective  credit  regardless  of  classification.  Different  courses  in  this  sequence  will  be  of- 
fered from  year  to  year. 

301.  Myth  and  Man  (3).  A  study  of  the  ancient  myths  of  Greece  and  Rome  and  their 
influence  on  later  literature  with  comparative  material  introduced  from  near  Eastern, 
American  Indian,  and  Norse  mythology. 

302.  Greek  Tragedy  (3).  After  a  brief  introductory  study  of  Greek  theatre  production 
and  the  social-religious  context  of  Greek  tragedy,  the  class  will  read  the  main  surviv- 
ing works  of  the  three  great  tragedians,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  and  Euripides,  and 
close  with  two  critical  works,  Aristotle's  Poetics  and  Aristophanes'  comedy  about 
tragedy.  The  Frogs. 

303.  The  Classical  Epic  (3).  At  the  head  of  Western  literature  and  thought  stand  the  two 
Homeric  poems,  the  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey.  The  class  will  begin  by  studying  the 
Homeric  poems  in  themselves  and  as  shaping  factors  in  Western  civilization.  Then, 
after  a  brief  study  of  the  later  Greek  works,  Hesiod's  Works  and  Days  and  Descent 
of  the  Gods  and  Appollonius'  Voyage  of  the  Argo,  it  will  turn  to  Vergil's  Aeneid,  in 
which  the  Homeric  poems  are  transformed  in  the  service  of  a  quite  different  but  no 
less  important  vision  of  man. 

304.  Classical  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vi- 
sion of  the  world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  tech- 
niques which  artists  evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  also  will  examine  the 
techniques  and  the  efforts  of  archaeologists  to  bring  the  lost  works  of  ancient  civilization 
to  light.  There  will  be  field  trips  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archaeology  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Mississippi  and  to  active  archaeological  sites  in  Mississippi. 


61 


305.  The  Classical  Historians  (3).  A  reading  of  major  portions  of  the  first  great  historians 
of  the  West,  Herodotus,  Thucydides,  Polybius,  and  Tacitus;  the  class  will  focus 
especially  on  the  conceptions  of  the  world,  man,  and  the  proper  aims  and  methods 
of  history  which  underlie  and  shape  each  writer's  works. 

306.  Athens:  The  Life  of  a  Greek  City-State  (3).  This  course  will  explore  the  pattern  of 
life  in  the  Greek  city-state  Athens  in  all  its  many  dimensions,  from  the  Age  of  the  Tyrants 
through  the  Golden  Age  of  Pericles  and  the  political  struggles  and  cultural  flowering 
of  the  fourth  century  to  its  struggle  against  and  absorption  into  the  world-empire  of 
Alexander  the  Great.  The  course  will  make  substantial  use  of  writings  by  Greek  authors 
and  some  use  of  audio-visual  illustrations  so  that  as  much  as  possible  the  Greek  ex- 
perience will  speak  for  itself. 

GREEK 

Courses  labeled  301-310  are  suitable  for  second  year  course  work.  Credit  is  not 
given  for  the  first  semester  of  the  elementary  language  course  unless  the  second  semester 
is  completed. 

101-102.  Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).  Primary  emphasis  is  on  mastery  of  grammar, 
vocabulary,  and  forms  with  some  attention  to  Greek  literature  and  culture.  Readings 
include  selections  from  the  gospel  of  St.  John,  Xenephor's  ^nabas/s  and  Greek  poetry. 

301 .  Plato  (3). 

302.  Greek  Prose  Writers  (3). 

303.  Greek  New  Testament  (3). 

304.  Homer  (3). 
306.  Euripides  (3). 

308-309.  Elementary  Greek  Prose  Composition  (3-3).  Practice  in  writing  Greek  Attic 
prose,  designed  to  increase  the  student's  grasp  of  syntax  and  style. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Additional  Greek  readings  arranged  to 
meet  the  needs  or  desires  of  the  students. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Advanced  study  of  such  authors  as  Homer, 
the  lyric  poets,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Aristophanes,  Demosthenes,  Plato, 
Aristotle,  and  advanced  Greek  composition,  prose,  or  verse. 

LATIN 

Courses  labeled  301-310  are  suitable  for  second  year  work.  Credit  is  not  given  for  the 

first  semester  of  the  elementary  language  course  unless  the  second  semester  is 

completed. 

101-102.  Elementary  Latin  (3-3).  Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken  no 

previous  study  of  the  language.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  thorough  mastery  of  forms, 

vocabulary,  syntax,  and  the  techniques  of  translation. 

301.  Traditional  Forms  and  Themes  in  Latin  Poetry  (3).  Selected  readings  from 
Classical  and  Medieval  Latin  Poetry  to  illustrate  the  continuity  of  the  Latin  tradition 
in  European  civilization. 

302.  Ovid  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Metamorphoses. 

303.  Virgil  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Aeneid. 

304.  Cicero  (3).  Selected  readings  from  Cicero's  oratorical  and  philosophical  prose. 

305.  Horace  and  Catullus  (3).  Selected  readings. 

306.  Roman  Letters  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  correspondence  of  Cicero  and 
Pliny. 

308.  Intermediate  Latin  Prose  Authors  (3). 

310-31 1 .  Elementary  Latin  Prose  Composition  (3-3).  A  course  designed  to  increase 
the  student's  grasp  of  syntax  and  style  through  practice  in  writing  Latin  prose;  the 
course  will  pass  from  sentences  illustrating  basic  syntactical  topics  to  the  composi- 
tion of  brief  connected  essays. 


62 


401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Additional  Latin  readings  arranged  to  meet 
the  needs  or  desires  of  students.  Prerequisite;  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics,  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Advanced  study  of  such  authors  as  Horace, 
the  Elegists,  Lucretius,  Sallust,  Livy,  Tacitus,  Juvenal,  Plautus,  Terence,  and  advanced 
Latin  composition,  prose,  and  verse. 

HISTORY 

Professor  Emeritus:  ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE,  Ph.D. 

Professors:  FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professor:  ADRIENNE  C.  PHILLIPS,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  history  and  main- 
tain this  grade  for  the  full  course.  History  1 01  -1 02  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02,  History  201  -202, 
and  History  401  must  be  included  in  the  27  semester  hours  required  for  a  major.  A 
preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive 
examination.  Students  who  expect  to  do  graduate  work  should  take  French  and  German. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  in  history  courses, 
to  include  History  1 01  -1 02  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02,  History  201-202,  and  6  semester  hours 
of  elective  courses  offered  in  the  History  Department.  No  credit  will  be  given  toward 
the  minor  for  history  courses  in  which  the  student  makes  a  grade  of  less  than  C. 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  1715  (3). 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1715  (3). 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1877  (3). 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1877  (3). 

241-242.  The  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  historic  and  contem- 
porary experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period 
up  to  1 877.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1 877  to  the  present.  (Same 
as  Sociology  241-242.)  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

300.  Topics  in  American  Culture  (3).  A  multi-disciplinary  exploration  of  a  particular 
topic  in  American  culture.  The  history,  literature,  thought,  music,  art,  and  popular 
culture  of  a  particular  period  (such  as  a  decade)  or  aspect  of  the  United  States  will 
be  studied.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a  student  may  take  the  course 
more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  (Same  as  English  300.) 

305.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  States  from 
the  time  of  discovery  to  the  beginning  of  the  Civil  War.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

306.  The  New  South  (3).  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

307.  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (3).  An  examination  of  the  political,  economic, 
military,  diplomatic,  and  social  aspects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  periods. 
Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

308.  Mississippi  and  its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  Students  may  enroll  for  306  or 

308,  but  not  both.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

309.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1754- 
1789  (3).  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1789-1848  (3).  A  continuation  of  History 

309.  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1917-1945.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  31 1  from  1945 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 


63 


313-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  First  semester: 
From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  History  201-202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

315.  The  Emergence  of  Modern  America  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1877-1916.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

5321.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  The  nature  and  impact  of  such  present-day 
problems  in  international  relations  as  nationalism,  imperialism,  militarism,  and  pro- 
paganda. Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe  since 
1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1815-1870;  second 
semester,  1870-1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1914-1939;  second 
semester,  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or 
equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the  pre- 
sent. The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second 
semester  will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  attention 
to  the  development  of  the  British  Empire.  Prerequisite:  History  1 01  -1 02  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  1855.  The 
second  semester  will  continue  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  special  attention  to 
the  late  nineteenth  century  and  early  twentieth  century  revolutionary  movements  and 
to  the  Soviet  regime.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

334.  Contemporary  History  (3).  Current  issues  are  discussed  in  their  historical  per- 
spective. Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

401 .  Special  Problems  in  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  interpreted 
and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who  have  six 
semester  hours  in  history  and  is  required  of  all  history  majors. 

402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 
411-412.  Special  Topics  in  History  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  covered  in 

other  courses.  Offered  as  required.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

PHILOSOPHY 

The  J.  Reese  Linn  Chair  of  Philosophy 

Professors:  ROBERT  E.  BERGMARK,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  202,  301 , 

302,  311,  and  492. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  philosophy  with  1 5  hours 
of  philosophy  (18  hours  if  six  hours  are  used  to  meet  degree  requirements),  including 
202,  301,  302,  311,  and  at  least  one  other  300  or  400  level  course. 

201 .  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems,  such  as 
knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  and  God. 

202.  Logic.  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and  induction 
(scientific  methods). 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western 
philosophy  through  the  medieval  period;  the  second  semester,  from  the  Renaissance 
through  the  nineteenth  century. 

303.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  (3).  A  survey  of  western  philosophy  from  1900 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

64 


311.  Ethics.  (3).  Principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and  social  values. 
315.  Existentialism.  (3).  Historical  and  comparative  treatnnent  of  works  of  such  thinkers 

as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  and  Marcel. 
321 .  Aesthetics.  (3).  Consideration  of  the  creative  innpulse,  of  the  art  object,  and  stan- 
dards of  aesthetic  appreciation. 
331.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
351.  Oriental  Philosophy.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
361.  Philosophy  of  Science.  (3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of  the 

instructor. 
381.  Metaphysics.  (3).  Basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality.  Prerequisite: 

Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
401-402.  Directed  Readings.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent 

of  the  instructor. 
411-412.  Special  Topic  Courses.  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the 

instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
492.  Senior  Seminar.  (3).  Intensive  reading  in  a  broad  spectrunri  of  issues,  schools,  and 

thinkers.  For  senior  nnajors. 

RELIGION 

The  Tatum  Chair  of  Religion 

Professors:  LEE  H.  REIFF,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  Ph.D. 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  25  hours  beyond  those  used  to  meet 
core  requirements  for  graduation,  including  201,  202,  210,  391,  392,  492.  Philosophy 
331  may  be  counted  toward  the  religion  major  if  the  student  does  not  use  it  to  meet 
core  requirements  for  graduation. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  religion  with  12  hours 
beyond  those  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  (1 5  hours  if  the  requirement  in  religion 
is  met  by  Heritage),  including  201,  202,  210  or  381,  391,  392. 

200.  Introduction  to  the  Bible  (3).  A  survey  of  important  epochs  and  themes  of  history 
and  faith  in  the  Hebrew  and  Christian  Scriptures. 

201 .  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament  (3). 

202.  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  (3). 

210.  Ways  of  Being  Religious  (3).  The  study  of  religious  phenomena  through  the 
analysis  and  critique  of  expressions  and  practices  found  in  the  religions  of  the  world. 

301 .  The  Teachings  of  Jesus  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
311.  The  Life  of  Paul  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

321.  The  Educational  Ministry  of  the  Church  (3).  An  examination  of  the  purpose 
and  implementation  of  the  church's  educational  ministry.  Prerequisite:  Religion  201 , 
202.  Available  on  demand. 

351.  Church  and  Society  (3).  The  church  in  the  present  social  order.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

381.  World  Religions  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  History  of  Christianity  (3-3).  The  development  of  Christianity  and  Christian 
thought  from  Jesus  to  the  high  Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  high  Middle  Ages  through 
the  Reformation  to  the  present.  Either  semester  may  be  taken  alone.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

396.  Theology  in  the  Modern  Period  (3).  An  examination  of  major  developments  in 
Christian  theology  from  the  Enlightenment  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

65 


401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individual  investigation  culminating  in 
a  written  report.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly  offered, 
for  an  organized  class  of  interested  students.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  depart- 
ment chairman. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  for  majors  and  others  working 
in  churches,  hospitals,  and  other  institutions  and  organizations.  Prerequisite:  junior 
or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the  chairman. 

492.  Seminar  (1). 


66 


Language  and  Literature 


ENGLISH 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Chair  of  English  Literature 
Professor  Emeritus:  PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN,  A.M. 

Professors:  GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD,  Ph.D. 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT,  A.M.,  Chairman 
Associate  Professors:  DANIEL  G.  HISE,  Ph.D. 

RICHARD  P.  MALLETTE,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  JUDITH  W.  PAGE,  Ph.D. 

AUSTIN  WILSON,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  must  take  English  1 01  -1 02  or  1 03-1 04 
or  1 05,  201  -202,  481  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year,  and  1 8  hours  of  other 
courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete  the  201-202  course  in  Greek,  Latin, 
or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  pass  an  equivalent  profi- 
ciency examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  English  are  ad- 
vised that  a  reading  knowledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes  Latin  is  generally 
required.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly  recommended. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  English  with  18  hours 
of  English  beyond  the  freshman  level.  Six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  English  201-202. 

101-102.  Composition  (3-3).  First  semester,  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to  essays, 
short  stories,  and  the  novel;  second  semester,  research  paper  and  introductions  to 
poetry  and  drama. 

103-104.  Composition  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  course  correlated  with  Heritage 
101-102,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended  to  develop  and  augment 
the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage  101-1 02. 

105.  Advanced  Freshman  Composition  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally 
strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  A.C.T.  score  of  27  or  above  and 
the  extempore  writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  committee,  this  course 
concentrates  steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some  creative  writing.  Readings 
in  poetry  and  short  fiction  or  drama  furnish  materials  for  the  writing.  Class  member- 
ship selected  by  a  departmental  committee. 

201-202.  English  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

203-204.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected 
major  works  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  literature  from  Homer  to  the  pre- 
sent. Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  105  (Not  available  for  credit  to  Heritage 
students.) 

205.  Journalism  (3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  newswriting  and  reporting.  History 
and  principles  of  journalism;  introduction  to  make-up,  copywriting,  and  headlines. 
Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

207.  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3).  An  introductory  course  emphasizing  the 
fundamentals  of  writing  both  poetry  and  fiction  through  readings  and  frequent  writing 
assignments.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

300.  Topics  in  American  Culture  (3).  A  multi-disciplinary  exploration  of  a  particular 
topic  in  American  culture.  The  history,  literature,  thought,  music,  art,  religion, 
economics,  and  popular  culture  of  a  particular  period  (such  as  a  decade)  or  aspect 
of  the  United  States  will  be  studied.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a  stu- 
dent may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  (Same  as  History 
300.) 


67 


301-302.  American  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  seven-  ■ 
teenth  century  to  the  present.  Need  not  be  taken  in  sequence.  Prerequisite:  English  i 
101-102,  103-104,  or  105.  | 

31 9.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3).  English  literature  at  the  ' 
end  of  the  sixteenth  century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the 
lyric  and  on  the  early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202.  ■ 

321 .  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).  Writers  of  the  seven- 
teenth century,  exclusive  of  John  Milton.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202.  i 

322.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3).  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202.  : 

325-326.  Nineteenth  Century  Poetry  and  Prose  (3-3).  Major  poets  and  prose  writers  I 
of  the  Romantic  and  Victorian  age  (such  as  Blake,  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron,  j 
Shelley,  Keats,  Hazlitt,  Browning,  Arnold,  Tennyson,  Ruskin,  and  Pater),  with  em-  i 
phasis  on  the  continuity  of  forms,  conventions,  and  ideas.  , 

327.  Women  Writers  (3).  A  survey  of  women  writers  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  I 
centuries  (such  as  Austen,  Eliot,  Bronte,  Woolf,  Lessing,  Plath,  Hellman,  Welty,  and  { 
Drabble),  with  discussion  centering  on  formal,  thematic,  and  social  issues.  ! 

331 .  History  of  the  English  Novel  (3).  Novels  from  Fielding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in  their  | 
historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical  tech-  j 
niques.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202.  ' 

332.  Modern  Fiction  (3).  Intensive  reading  of  selected  novels.  Prerequisite:  English  • 
201-202. 

335.  English  Drama  To  1642  (3).  A  survey  of  English  drama,  excluding  Shakespeare,  '■ 
from  its  beginnings  to  the  closing  of  the  theatres  in  1642.  After  a  brief  introduction 
to  the  early  development  of  English  drama,  there  will  be  extensive  reading  of  represen-  \ 
tative  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  dramatists.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202.  : 

337.  Modern  Drama.  (3).  A  survey  of  drama  from  Ibsen  to  Beckett  and  lonesco.  Pre- , 
requisite:  English  201-202  or  203-204.  i 

341.  Modern  English  and  American  Poetry  (3).  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

342.  Contemporary  Literature  (3).  A  survey  of  fiction  and  poetry  since  1950.  Pre- ' 
requisite:  English  201-202  or  203-204.  , 

350.  Major  American  Writers  (3).  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

361.  Chaucer  (3).  An  introduction  to  Middle  English  language  and  literature;  a  reading  j 
of  the  Troilus  and  all  the  Canterbury  Tales.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202.  I 

365-366.  Shakespeare  (3-3).  The  first  semester  focuses  on  the  plays  before  1603;  the  { 
second  semester,  on  the  tragedies  and  late  romances.  Each  semester  may  be  taken  . 
separately.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  English  201-202.  ; 

367.  Milton  (3).  Important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and  all  of  Paradise  Lost,  ^ 
Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  from  Milton  scholar-  i 
ship  and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202.  i 

391-392.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  number  of  short  i 
stories  or  one  long  work  of  fiction.  Discussion  of  student  work  at  a  two-hour  workshop  i 
each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as  a  year-long  course,  ! 
but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take  only  one  semester.  ! 
Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  ] 

393-394.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  substantial  number  | 
of  poems  in  both  traditional  forms  and  free  verse.  Discussion  of  students'  poems  at  I 
a  two-hour  session  each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as  j 
a  year-long  course,  but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take  ; 
only  one  semester.  Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  \ 
in  alternate  years.  j 

395.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition  (3).  An  intensive  study  of  English  j 
grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal,  traditional  . 
usage,  and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on  thesis  and  logical  j 
outline.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  \ 


68  I 

i 
( 


396.  History  of  the  English  Language  (3).  The  origin  and  development  of  the  English 
language,  structural  and  phonetic  changes,  conventions  of  modern  usage.  Prere- 
quisite: English  201-202  or  203-204.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  special  areas 
under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  English  and  American  Literature  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  communica- 
tions (newspaper,  television,  or  advertising)  and  in  library  science  for  well  prepared 
students.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the  chairman. 

481 .  Junior  Semmar  (3).  A  survey  of  critical  theory  from  Aristotle  to  the  present.  Special 
attention  will  be  given  to  the  various  modern  critical  methodologies  and  their  applica- 
tion to  specific  literary  texts. 

MODERN  LANGUAGES 

Associate  Professors:  BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN,  A.M.,  Chairman 

JOHN  L.  GUEST,  A.M. 

ROBERT  JOEL  KAHN,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  PRISCILLA  FERMON,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Majors  in  French,  German  and  Spanish:  A  minimum  of  24 
semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours  is  recom- 
mended. If  a  candidate  takes  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  18  hours  must 
be  in  the  literature  of  the  target  language. 

Requirements  for  a  Minor  in  French,  German  or  Spanish:  A  student  may  elect 
a  minor  with  a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  above  the  101-102  series. 

Placement  in  Modern  Languages:  Students  with  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern 
foreign  language  in  high  school  will  be  given  a  standard  placement  test  and  advised 
as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or  whether 
they  should  take  the  1 01  -1 02  course.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  300  or  400  level 
courses  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  until  201-202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student) 
have  been  completed. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  101  unless  102  is  completed. 

FRENCH 
101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

201-202.  Intermediate  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
French  prose.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  two  years  of  high  school  French. 
251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency 
in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Composition  drill  is  also  given.  Emphasis  on  civiliza- 
tion in  the  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  equivalent. 
301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  may 
be  taken  in  addition  to  and  may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.  Prerequisite: 
French  201-202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
311-312.  Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  French  literature  from  its  origins 
to  the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  French.  Prerequisite:  French 
201-202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  department  chairman. 
411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  French  Literature.  (3-3).  The  content  to  be  de- 
termined by  the  instructor  and  the  needs  of  the  students.  Prerequisite:  French  201-202 
and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

GERMAN 
101-102.  Elementary  German  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

69 


201-202.  Intermediate  German  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  introduction  to  important 
writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German  101-102  or  the  equivalent. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

261-262.  German  Civilization  (3-3).  Cultural  survey  with  special  emphasis  on  history, 
art  and  music.  Knowledge  of  German  not  necessary.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

313-314.  Survey  of  German  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  early  literary  monuments  with 
a  concentration  on  the  thirteenth  century  epic  and  poetry.  Works  from  the  Reforma- 
tion, Baroque  and  major  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe,  and  Schiller.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

315-316.  Survey  of  Nineteenth  Century  and  Modern  German  Literature  (3-3).  Sur- 
vey of  the  Romantics  and  Realists  of  the  nineteenth  century,  and  major  figures  of 
the  modern  period:  Hauptmann,  George,  Rilke,  Mann,  Hesse,  Kafka,  Hofmansthal, 
Brecht,  Boll,  and  Grass.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

41 1-412.  Selected  Topics  in  German  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 

491.  Seminar  (1). 

SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
Spanish  prose.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Spanish. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency 
in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Laboratory  drill. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  and  preferably  201-202. 

311-312.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  Spanish  literature  from  its 
origins  to  the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  Spanish.  Pre- 
requisite: Spanish  201-202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  deals  with 
the  Colonial  and  independence  Periods.  The  second  semester  covers  the  Nineteenth 
and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202 
and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

413-414.  Selected  Topics  in  Latin  American  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
201-202  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

ITALIAN 
Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  is  designed  to 
afford  the  student  with  two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language  a  knowledge 
of  the  structure  of  the  Italian  language  in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester 
a  cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating  oral  proficiency  training.  It  is  recommended 
for  music  students.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and  when  teaching  schedules  and 
staff  permit.  Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language  and  con- 
sent of  the  instructor. 

LINGUISTICS 
391-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  emphasizes  the 
historical  development  of  the  Indo-European  languages;  structural  linguistics,  seman- 
tics, and  phonetics;  problems  related  to  the  teaching  of  language  and  philological 
research.  Prerequisite:  French  German,  Spanish  201-202,  or  Italian  251-252. 


70 


Science  and  Mathematics 


BIOLOGY 

Professors:  JAMES  P.  McKEOWN,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  ROBERT  B.  NEVINS,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professor:  DICK  R.  HIGHFILL,  Ph.D. 

DEWEY  G.  MEYERS,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  biology  and 
maintain  this  grade  for  the  full  course.  All  majors  take  Biology  111-112,  121-1 22,  31 5, 
345,  491 ,  492;  one  of  323,  333,  343,  369,  or  396;  either  345  or  351 ;  and  one  of  370, 
372,  383,  or  391 .  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  also  must  take  Chemistry  231-232  and  one 
year  of  physics.  Candidates  for  the  B.A.  are  required  to  take  two  approved  electives 
in  the  natural  sciences. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  biology  with  12  hours 
of  biology  in  addition  to  either  general  zoology  or  general  botany. 

111-112.  Botany  (4-4).  First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants;  second 
semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom  with  emphasis  on  lower  plants.  Two 
discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.  Zoology  (4-4).  Invertebrate  and  vertebrate  taxonomy,  morphology,  physiology 
and  natural  history.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week. 

211.  Comparative  Anatomy  (4).  Structures  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems  of  the 
chordates,  emphasizing  the  dissection  of  amphioxus,  lamprey,  shark,  salamander 
and  cat.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: Biology  121-122. 

221.  Embryology  (4).  Fertilization,  morphogenesis,  and  differentiation  of  organ  systems 
of  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

235.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4).  Structures  and  function  of  the  human  body. 
Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week;  open  to  non- 
science  majors.  Open  to  pre-nursing,  medical  technology,  and  physical  education 
students  or  by  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

236.  Applied  Physiology  (2).  A  study  of  the  physiological  effects  of  exercise  on  man 
and  the  study  of  movement  with  the  application  of  kinesiological  principles.  Open 
to  physical  education  majors  only  or  by  consent  of  the  instructor.  Corequisite:  Biology 
235.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

251.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5).  An  integrated  course  in  vertebrate 
anatomy  and  embryology.  Reproduction,  organ  system  differentiation,  and  a  com- 
parative study  of  the  gross  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discussion 
periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-1 22. 

S261 .  Field  Botany  (3).  Survey  of  local  flora  emphasizing  plant  systematics  and  ecology. 
Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
six  hours  of  biology. 

301.  Histology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  the  different  vertebrate  systems,  with  an 
emphasis  on  basic  tissue  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

315.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission,  and  mode  of  action 
of  the  genetic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution.  Three  discus- 
sion periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;  121-122. 


71 


323.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4).  Principles  of  classification  and  evolution;  collection  and  iden- 
tification of  local  flora.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

333.  Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology,  and  evolutionary 
histories  of  the  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

340-341.  Field  Biology  (2  to  3-2  to  3).  Environmental  study  trips  throughout  the 
United  States.  Emphasis  on  ecology  and  community  composition.  Two  to  three  weeks 
away  from  campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Designed  for  science  and  non-science 
majors.  Open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment.  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

343.  General  Entomology  (4).  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four  hour  lab.  Iden- 
tification, life  history,  ecology,  and  evolutionary  histories  of  the  class  Insecta.  Pre- 
requisite: Biology  121-122. 

345.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelationships  between  organisms  and  their  physical  environment; 
population  dynamics  and  interactions,  organization  of  biotic  communities;  energy 
flow,  succession,  community  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  121-122. 

S351-S352.  Field  Biology  (5-5).  Summer  environmental  study  trips  to  United  States, 
Canada,  and  Mexico.  Five-week  program  with  approximately  three  weeks  away  from 
campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment.  Pre- 
requisite: eight  hours  of  biology  or  consent  of  instructor. 

369.  Population  Biology  (4).  Biological  phenomena  at  the  population  level.  Emphasis 
on  modern  topics  including  population  genetics,  population  dynamics,  speciation, 
social  behavior,  and  principles  of  systematics.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four- 
hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112  or  121-122. 

370.  Comparative  Animal  Physiology  (4).  Comparison  of  animal  groups  (from  pro- 
tozoa to  chordates)  as  to  maintenance  of  life  functions  (e.g.,  energy  metabolism, 
osmoregulation,  irritability,  movement,  and  coordination)  in  different  environments 
(aquatic,  terrestrial,  and  aerial).  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

372.  Plant  Physiology  (4).  Plant  soil  and  water  relations,  metabolism,  and  growth  regula- 
tion. Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: Biology  111-112;  Chemistry  232-234.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

381.  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey;  bacterial  structure,  metabolism  and 
taxonomy;  role  of  bacteria  in  disease,  industry,  and  ecology;  common  bacteriological 
techniques.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112  or  121-122.  Chemistry  232-234  recommended. 

383.  Immunology  and  Virology  (4).  The  physiology,  biochemistry,  and  genetics  of 
the  immune  response;  viral  structure,  function,  and  relationship  to  host.  Three  discus- 
sion periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  Biology  381  recommended. 

391.  Cellular  Physiology  (4).  Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of 
protoplasm.  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

396.  Aquatic  Biology  (4).  Structure  and  function  of  standing-water  (lentic)  and  running- 
water  (lotic)  ecosystems.  Emphasis  on  natural  ecosystems  as  well  as  applied  aspects 
of  pollution  biology  and  identification  of  aquatic  organisms.  Two  discussion  periods 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122  or  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

401-402.  Reading  and  Conference  in  Biology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

415-416.  Special  topics  in  Biology  (1-1).  One  discussion  period  a  week. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental,  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

491-492.  Senior  Seminar:  Biological  Concepts  (1-1).  Selected  topics  of  biological 
interest.  Required  of  all  senior  biology  majors.  One  discussion  period  a  week. 

72 


CHEMISTRY 


The  J.  B.  Price  Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN,  Ph.D. 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  JIMMIE  M.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  take  Chemistry  121-122,  123-124,  231-233, 
232-234,  251-253,  334,  491-492  and  Computer  100  or  1 10.  Candidates  for  the  bachelor's 
degree  accredited  by  the  American  Chemical  Society  must  have  a  2.5  average  in 
chemistry  and  take  Chemistry  341-343,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366;  Physics  131-132, 
151-152,  231;  and  mathematics  through  integral  calculus.  Two  approved  electives  in 
chemistry,  physics,  or  mathematics  are  required.  German  201-202,  or  reading 
knowledge,  is  strongly  recommended.  Other  majors  are  required  to  take  Chemistry 
264-266  or  363-365  and  364-366;  Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  in  addition  to  1 51  -1 52; 
and  two  approved  advanced  electives  in  the  natural  sciences.  A  grade  below  C  will 
not  be  accepted  for  any  of  the  above  courses  required  of  a  chemistry  major.  A  preliminary 
test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  chemistry  with  14  hours 
of  chemistry  in  addition  to  general  chemistry. 

121-122.  General  Chemistry  (3-3).  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding,  Kinetic  Theory  of 

Gases,  chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Corequisite: 

Chemistry  123-124. 
123-124.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative 

and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Corequisite: 

Chemistry  121-122. 

231-232.  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Structure,  reactions,  and  theory.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  233-234. 

233-234.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Preparation,  separation,  and 
identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of  modern  instrumentation.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  231-232. 

251.  Analytical  Chemistry  I:  Quantitative  Analysis  (3).  Chemical  equilibria,  acid-base 
theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into  electrochemical  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  253. 

253.  Applications  of  Analytical  Chemistry  (2).  Gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods 
are  presented  in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  of  acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation- 
reduction,  iodimetry,  and  precipitation  methods. 

264.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  (3).  Gas  laws,  properties  of  liquids,  properties 
of  solutions,  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  catalysis,  electrochemistry,  and  col- 
loidal solutions.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

266.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Analysis  (2).  Identification  of  organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic 
compounds,  and  classification  of  organic  compounds  according  to  functional  groups. 
Spectral  methods  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-233. 

335.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Analysis  (2).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and  selected 
topics.  Prerequisite;  Chemistry  231-232.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  Atomic  structure,  theories  of  chemical  bond- 
ing, spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and  inorganic 
stereochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Core- 
quisite or  prerequisite:  Chemistry  363. 

343.  Modern  Coordination  Chemistry  (1).  Coordination  chemistry  and  inorganic  re- 
action mechanisms.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  341 . 

73 


354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II:  Instrumental  Analysis  (3).  Absorption  spectrometry, 
emission  spectrometry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis,  and 
gas  phase  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Corequisite:  Chemistry  356. 

356.  Analytical  Chemistry  II  — Methods  (1).  Practical  applications  of  chemical  in- 
strumentation. Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  Kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  rule,  chemical  kinetics,  nuclear  chemistry,  surface  chemistry,  and 
electrochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122;  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Core- 
quisite: Chemistry  365-366.  Corequisite  or  prerequisite:  Chemistry  251. 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods.  (1-1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles  of 
geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria.  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH  diagrams, 
chemical  weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase  diagrams.  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Same  as  Geology  372.)  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

391 .  Biochemistry  I.  (4).  Chemistry  of  biomolecules.  Emphasis  on  amino  acids  and 
protein  chemistry,  mechanisms  of  enzyme  action  and  enzyme  kinetics,  lipids  and 
biological  membranes,  nucleotides  and  nucleic  acids,  and  carbohydrate  chemistry. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

392.  Biochemistry  II.  (4).  Generation  and  storage  of  metabolic  energy;  protein  bio- 
synthesis; molecular  physiology.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  391 . 

393.  Biochemistry  I.  (3).  Chemistry  of  living  organisms.  Emphasis  of  biochemistry  of  pro- 
teins, carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

394.  Biochemistry  11.  (3).  Photosynthesis,  nucleotides,  protein  biosynthesis,  and 
biochemical  control  mechanisms  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

395.  Biochemical  Applications  I.  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

396.  Biochemical  Applications  11.  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  394. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected  re- 
search, educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor. 

491-492.  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate 
basic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of 
scientific  works.  History  of  chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are 
included. 

COMPUTER  STUDIES 

Professors:  ALLEN  D.  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

SAMUEL  R.  KNOX,  Ph.D. 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  THOMAS  A.  PRITCHARD,  Ph.D. 

JIMMIE  M.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Computer  Studies  majors  must  take  the  following  core 
of  courses:  Computer  182,  210,  220  or  230,  250,  491  and  492.  In  addition,  they  must 
take  21  hours  above  the  computer  core  from  the  following  group:  Any  200  level  or  higher 
course  in  the  Department  of  Computer  Studies;  Mathematics  335,  346,  351 ,  381 ,  382 
or  386;  Accounting  281 ,  282,  391 ,  or  394;  Administration  333,  334  or  338;  Nine  of  these 
21  hours  must  be  in  300  level  courses  in  the  Computer  Studies  Department.  Majors 
are  also  required  to  take  either  Mathematics  1 72  or  Administration  275  to  meet  the  depart- 
mental statistics  requirement.  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  also  take  either 
Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226. 

74 


Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  computer  studies  with 
12  hours  of  computer  courses  beyond  the  degree  requirements.  These  courses  must 
include  Computer  182  and  nine  additional  hours  at  the  200  level  or  above  in  computer 
studies. 

Facilities  are  among  the  finest  for  student  use  including  two  Digital  Equipment  PDP-1 1 
RSTS/E  timesharing  systems,  a  Digital  Equipment  PDP-8/e  laboratory  computer  and 
a  EAI-TR20  analog  computer.  More  than  40  student  terminals  are  located  in  several 
buildings  on  campus. 

100,  Introduction  to  Computing  (1).  A  brief  introduction  to  the  timesharing  language 
BASIC.  Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  utilize  the  computer  in  the  several 
disciplines. 

110.  Computer  Programming  in  BASIC  (3).  An  in-depth  introduction  to  the  program- 
ming language  BASIC.  Stresses  the  solution  of  problems  from  diverse  areas.  If  taken 
after  Computer  100,  only  two  hours  credit  allowed. 

120.  Computer  Programming  in  FORTRAN.  (3).  FORTRAN  programming  with 
applications  to  the  behavioral  and  natural  sciences. 

130.  Computer  Programming  in  COBOL  (3).  Introduction  to  data  processing  and 
COBOL  programming  with  applications  to  accounting  and  information  systems. 

140.  Computer  Programming  in  Pascal  (3).  Introduction  to  structured  program- 
ming using  the  language  Pascal. 

161.  Computers  and  Society  (3).  History  of  computing  and  technology.  The  com- 
puter in  modern  society.  The  computer  and  the  individual.  Computers  in  decision- 
making processes.  Futurists'  view  of  computing.  Survey  of  computer  applications. 

182.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science  (3).  Introduction  to  Computer  history, 
organization  and  architecture,  file  structures,  record  I/O,  data  communications, 
algorithms,  and  elementary  data  structures.  Prerequisite:  Computer  110. 

210.  Computer  Organization  and  l\1achine  Programming  (3).  Discussion  of  fun- 
damentals of  computer  hardware  organization  and  symbolic  coding  with  assembly 
systems.  Prerequisite:  Computer  182. 

218.  Introduction  to  IVIicroprocessors  (3),  Organization  and  structures  of  major  hard- 
ware components  of  computer  system.  Basic  designs.  Coding  techniques  (BCD, 
ASCII).  Computer  architecture  with  particular  reference  to  microprocessors.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Computer  182 

220.  Advanced  Programming  in  FORTRAN  (3).  An  advanced  FORTRAN  program- 
ming language  course.  Topics  include  access  processing,  advanced  language 
features,  software  design  and  development  techniques,  large  project  management. 
Prerequisites:  Computer  120  and  182. 

230  Advanced  COBOL  and  File  Processing  (3).  Advanced  COBOL  application 
including  systems  analysis,  data  acquisition,  file  structure,  table  handling,  file  merg- 
ing, file  updating,  interactive  processes  and  structured  programming.  Prerequisites: 
Computer  130  and  182. 

234.  Computers  in  Physics  (3)  Elementary  numerical  methods  (numerical  quadrature, 
finite-element  solution  of  boundary-value  problems,  the  discrete  Fourier  transform 
and  other  techniques)  implemented  in  the  BASIC  language  and  applied  to  problems 
in  mechanics,  heat  flow,  electro-magnetism,  optics,  and  quantum  physics.  Pre- 
requisites: Mathematics  224  or  226,  Computer  1 1 0  or  1 00,  Physics  231  (or  1 32  and 
consent  of  instructor.  (Same  as  Physics  234.) 

250.  Data  Structures  (3).  Basic  concepts  of  data,  linear  and  orthogonal  lists,  trees, 
arrays,  representations  of  trees  and  graphs,  searching  and  sorting  techniques,  data 
structures  in  programming  languages  and  organization  of  files.  Prerequisite:  Com- 
puter 182. 

312.  Comparison  of  Programming  Languages  (3).  Formal  definition  of  program- 
ming languages.  Properties  of  languages  including  the  scope  of  declarations,  storage 
allocations,  groupings  of  statements,  binding  time,  subroutines,  coroutines.  List  pro- 
cessing, string  manipulation  and  data  descriptions.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and 
250. 


k 


75 


318.  Digital  Electronics  and  Microprocessors  (3).  Electronic  processing  of  digitally 
coded  information.  Includes  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage  elements  and  se- 
quential logic.  Microcomputer  interfacing  to  laboratory  instruments.  Processor  circuits. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  218. 
(Same  as  Phiysics  318) 

342.  Theory  and  Design  of  Operating  Systems  (3).  Multiprogramming  and  multi- 
processing systems.  Mapping  and  binding  of  address.  Storage  management.  Pro- 
cess and  resource  control.  Analysis  of  file  structures  and  file  management.  Prere- 
quisites: Computer  182,  210  and  250  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

346.  Language  Structures  and  Compiler  Theory  (3).  Techniques  of  compiler  design. 
Scanning  and  parsing  of  languages  described  by  regular  and  context  free  gram- 
mars. Lexical  analysis,  code  generation,  error  recovery  and  optimization  techniques. 
Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  250.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  timescale  and 
amplitudescale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques. 
One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351.  (Same 
as  Mathematics  352.) 

354.  Computer  Graphics  (3).  Design,  construction  and  utilization  of  computer  graphics. 
Applications  of  graphics  to  selected  business  and  scientific  problems.  Interactive  com- 
puter graphics.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182. 

362.  Introduction  to  Data  Communications  (3).  Theoretical  and  practical  factors  in 
data  communications  including  communications  equipment,  communications  codes, 
error  effects,  protocols  and  architecture,  and  network  design.  Prerequisite:  Computer 
182. 

374.  Data  Base  Management  (3).  Organization  and  maintenance  of  sequential,  ran- 
dom access  and  indexed  sequential  data  base  systems.  Design  of  on-line  file  systems. 
Directories,  hashing,  inverted  files  and  other  data  base  management  techniques. 
Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Computer  230  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered 
in  althernate  years. 

382.  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  (3).  Systems  development  life  cycle.  HlPO,  Top- 
Down  approaches,  decision  tables.  Data  collection  and  analysis.  Systems  planning 
and  design.  File  and  data  base  organization.  Computer  system  evaluation  and  selec- 
tion. Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Computer  220  or  230  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  - 1  to  3)  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1)  Discussion  of  current  problems  in  computing.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

GEOLOGY 

Associate  Professors:  WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON,  M.S.,  Chairman 

DELBERT  E.  GANN,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Geology  101-102,  200,  201,  203,  212,  221,  250,  and 
six  semester  hours  of  field  geology.  The  field  geology,  S371 ,  six  hours,  must  be  taken 
at  another  university.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-116,  Biology  121 ,  Chemistry 
121-122  (and  laboratories  123-124),  and  Physics  131-132  or  Physics  111-112.  Addi- 
tional courses  are  suggested  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  and  physics.  Natural  Science 
101-102  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  geology  major. 

101 .  Physical  Geology  (4).  The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosional 
and  depositional  processes,  volcanism,  deformation,  and  economic  deposits.  One 
field  trip.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours. 

76 


102.  Historical  Geology  (4),  The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configuration 
of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution  of  surface  rocks 
and  minerals.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
101,  or  consent  of  department. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  illustrated 
by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometics  models,  x-ray  structure, 
stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours  and 
two  laboratory  hours. 

201.  Mineralogy  (4).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and 
atomic  structures  of  minerals.  Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  density  balances,  and 
x-ray  equipment.  A  valuable  elective  for  chemistry  majors.  Three  lecture  hours  and 
two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisites:  Geology  200  and  Chemistry  121-122  (and 
laboratories)  or  consent  of  instructor. 

202.  Economic  Geology  (4).  The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  United 
States  and  other  countries,  with  consideration  of  their  stratigraphy,  genesis,  value, 
and  use.  Three  hours  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102, 
200  and  201 .  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

203.  Petrology  (4).  Introduction  to  the  origins,  processes,  occurrences,  associations, 
structures,  compositions,  and  classifications  of  rocks.  The  emphasis  is  on  megascopic 
identification  of  igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamorphic  rocks.  An  introduction  to 
petrographic  procedures  is  included.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours. 
Prerequisite:  Geology  101  or  consent  of  instructor.  Geology  201  and  312  are  strongly 
recommended. 

211.  Geomorphology  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms  than  provided  in 
Geology  101.  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the  United  States  are 
studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  coastal  plain.  Two  lec- 
ture hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

212.  Structural  Geology  (4).  Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's  crust, 
their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two 
laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

221.  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil  inverte- 
brates with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field  trips  to  collect 
the  diagnostic  fossils  in  Mississippi.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours. 
Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

231 .  Earth  Sciences  for  Teachers  (3).  Designed  to  aid  science  teachers.  The  course 
will  consist  of  a  study  of  earthen  materials  and  will  emphasize  minerals,  geochemistry 
of  minerals,  use  of  physical  properties  in  their  identification,  classification  of  igneous, 
sedimentary  and  metamorphic  rocks,  topographic  maps,  fossils  and  fossilization, 
geologic  time,  plate  tectonics,  and  geology  of  Mississippi.  Course  counts  toward 
teacher  certification.  Prerequisite:  involvement  with  the  teaching  of  science  in  junior 
or  senior  high  school.  Available  on  demand. 

250.  Principles  of  Stratigraphy  (4).  Rock  sequences  treated  in  greater  detail  than  in 
Historical  Geology.  Lithologic  and  paleontologic  fades  of  various  parts  of  the  United 
States.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  The  applications  of  geology  to  the  petroleum  industry, 
theories  on  origin,  problems  in  migration,  oil  traps,  and  occurrences  of  oil  and  gas. 
Several  Mississippi  oil  and  gas  fields  will  be  discussed  in  detail.  Two  hours  lecture 
and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  -1 02.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

31 1 .  Igneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (4).  A  petrologic  study  of  the  megascopic 
and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use 
in  rock  classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand  specimens 
and  thin  sections.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
200  and  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

312.  Optical  Mineralogy  (4).  An  introduction  to  the  petrographic  microscope,  especially 
to  the  reflective,  refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of  light  for  the  identification  of 
mineral  fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  sections.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory 
hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201 . 

77 


321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (4).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary  rocks 
as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectrochemical 
and  differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and  classification. 
Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  312  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

S371.  Field  Geology  (6).  Practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field 
work.  Prerequisite:  To  be  determined  by  the  university  or  universities  operating  the 
course,  the  probable  equivalent  of  Geology  101,  1 02,  21 1 ,  21 2,  and  Geology  200, 
201,  and  221.  Offered  each  summer. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  (Same  as  Chemistry  372.) 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have 
individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

MATHEMATICS 

The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

Professors:  SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE,  M.S. 

H.  CRAWFORD  RHALY,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Instructor:  SUSAN  R.  HOWELL,  M.S. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and  the  senior 
seminar,  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in  the  300-series. 
Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by  the  department. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  mathematics  with  the 
minimum  of  three  courses  in  the  300-series  in  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus. 

103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  Designed  primarily  for  freshman  non- 
science  majors.  Includes  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and  its  sub-systems, 
measurement,  geometry,  probability,  statistics,  logic,  and  the  BASIC  computer 
language. 

107.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Methods  I  (3).  Algebra  review,  functions,  linear 
models,  matrices,  linear  systems,  and  linear  programming. 

108.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Methods  II  (3).  Probability,  decision  theory,  statistics, 
differential,  and  integral  calculus  of  elementary  functions. 

115-116.  Pre-calculus  Mathematics  (4-4).  A  two-semester  course  for  freshman  science 
majors. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  pre-calculus  course  concerned  with  the  description  of 
sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing  hypotheses,  correlation,  regression,  the 
chi-square  distribution,  and  analysis  of  variance.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  103,  107, 
or  115. 

21 1 .  Analytic  Geometry  (4).  Plane  and  solid  analytic  geometry.  Coordinate  systems 
in  the  plane  and  in  space.  Curves  in  two  and  three  dimensions.  Transformations  of 
coordinates.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

S213.  Plane  Analytic  Geometry  (3).  Coordinate  systems.  The  straight  line,  circle, 
ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.  Transformations.  The  general  equation  of  the  second 
degree.  Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

S215-S216.  Calculus  Is-lis  (4-4).  An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225-226  de- 
signed for  summer  school.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

S217-S218.  Calculus  Is-lls  (3-3).  Same  as  Mathematics  S215-S216  but  less  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

223-224.  Calculus  l-ll  (3-3).  Basically  the  same  as  Mathematics  225-226  but  with  less 
emphasis  on  theory.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

78 


225-226.  Calculus  l-ii  (5-5).  The  theory  and  application  of  limits  and  continuity,  dif- 
ferentiation and  integration  of  the  elementary  functions  of  one  variable,  series,  and 
introductory  multivariate  calculus.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

325-326.  Calculus  lll-IV  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treatment  of  con- 
tinuity, integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclidean  space. 
Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  pro- 
bability distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of 
distributions.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

336.  Mathematical  Statistics  (3).  Distributions  of  discrete  and  continuous  random 
variables.  Moment-generating  functions.  Sampling  distributions  and  parameter  estima- 
tion. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  335. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and 
homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of  matrices. 
Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

351 .  Differential  Equations  (3).  Differential  equations  of  the  first  and  higher  orders,  with 
applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and  amplitude- 
scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques.  One  lec- 
ture period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

361.  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry,  and 
an  introduction  to  non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  I.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

371.  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff  spaces, 
compactness,  continuous  mappings.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

381.  Operations  Research  I  (3).  Linear,  dynamic,  and  integer  programming.  Simplex 
method  and  applications.  Duality,  area  sensitivity  analysis,  and  parametric  program- 
ming. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  346  or  consent  of  instructor. 

382.  Operations  Research  II  (3).  Decision  theory  and  game  theory.  Queueing  theory. 
Networks  and  scheduling  problems.  Simulation,  non-linear  programming.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  381  or  consent  of  instructor. 

386.  Numerical  Analysis  (3).  Solution  of  non-linear  equations  and  systems  of  linear 
equations.  Error  analysis.  Numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Solution  of  dif- 
ferential equations.  Interpolation  and  approximation.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II, 
Mathematics  351 ,  and  knowledge  of  a  programming  language  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

389.  Mathematical  Models  (3).  Model  construction,  linear  optimization,  chains,  graphs 
and  networks,  and  growth  processes.  Practical  aspects  of  model  building.  Applica- 
tions. Prerequisites:  Calculus  II  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics,  and 
history  of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  advanced  mathe- 
matics. Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 

PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Associate  Professor:  GEORGE  MARSTON  BEARDSLEY,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Requirements  for  Major:  Physics  131-132,  151-152,  231,  311-312,  316,  371-372, 
Calculus  I  and  II,  Mathematics  351,  Chemistry  363-364  and  365-366,  and  Computer 

79 


110.  Prospective  majors  should  take  131-132  no  later  than  the  sophomore  year.  No 

student  may  receive  credit  for  both  Physics  111  and  131,  or  for  both  112  and  132. 

PHYSICS 

111-112.  General  Physics  (3-3).  Fundamentals  of  mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  mag- 
netism, optics,  acoustics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Three  lecture  periods  per 
week.  A  non-calculus  course  intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  biological  and  health 
sciences.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  115;  while  not  formally  required.  Mathematics 
116  is  also  recommended.  Corequisite:  Physics  151-152. 

131-132.  Classical  Physics  (3-3).  Mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  magnetism,  optics 
and  acoustics,  covered  more  rigorously  than  in  1 1 1  -1 1 2  and  making  use  of  elemen- 
tary calculus.  Intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  physical  sciences,  mathematics, 
and  the  Engineering  Cooperative  Program.  Three  lecture  periods  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics  115-116.  Corequisites:  Physics  151-152  and  Mathematics 
223-224  or  225-226. 

151-152.  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Experiments  to  accompany  either  of  the  two  intro- 
ductory physics  courses  listed  above.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Corequisite: 
Physics  111-112  or  131-132. 

201 .  Radioisotope  Laboratory  (2).  Experiments  with  low-level  sources  of  nuclear  radia- 
tion; covering  basic  counting  techniques,  interactions  of  radiation  with  matter,  nuclear 
spectra,  and  half-life.  Other  topics  (for  example:  applications  of  nuclear  techniques 
to  problems  in  biology  and  medicine  or  in  chemistry)  depending  on  the  interests  of 
the  class.  One  lecture  period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Physics  111-112  or  131-132. 

231 .  Modern  Physics  (3).  An  introduction  to  quantum  physics  and  the  special  theory 
of  relativity,  with  applications  to  atomic  and  nuclear  structure.  Physics  131,1 32,  and 
231  form  a  comprehensive  three-semester  introduction  to  both  classical  and  modern 
physics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  132,  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Prerequisites  or  core- 
quisite: Computer  100  or  110. 

234.  Computers  in  Physics  (3).  Elementary  numerical  methods  (numerical  quadrature, 
finite-element  solution  of  boundary-value  problems,  the  discrete  Fourier  transform 
and  other  techniques)  implemented  in  the  BASIC  language  and  applied  to  problems 
in  mechanics,  heat  flow,  electromagnetism,  optics  and  quantum  physics.  Prerequisites: 
Mathematics  224  or  226,  Computer  1 10  or  100,  Physics  231  (or  132  and  consent 
of  instructor).  (Same  as  Computer  234.) 

301 .  Atomic  Physics  (3).  The  structure  and  properties  of  atoms,  molecules  and  solids. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  231,  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (3).  The  structure  and  properties  of  atomic  nuclei,  with  an  intro- 
duction to  the  physics  of  elementary  particles.  Prerequisite:  Physics  301 . 

311-312.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3-3).  Charges,  currents,  electric  and  magnetic 
fields  in  vacuum  and  in  material  media.  Maxwell's  equations,  and  electromagnetic 
waves.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  224  or  226,  Physics  132. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  of  geometrical  and  physical  optics,  optical  systems,  and 
lasers.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites:  Physics 
231,  Calculus  II. 

316.  Electronics  for  Scientists  (4).  Fundamentals  of  electronic  circuits  and  the  use  of 
basic  laboratory  instruments.  Two  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  131-132. 

318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally  coded 
information.  Includes  binary  arithmetic.  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage  elements 
and  sequential  logic,  memory  and  processor  circuits,  microcomputer  organization. 
One  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of  independent  laboratory  work  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  316  and  an  introductory  computer  programming  course 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  (Same  as  Computer  318.) 

331.  Classical  Mechanics  (3).  The  principles  of  Newtonian  mechanics,  with  applications 
to  one  or  more  of  the  following  areas:  fluid  dynamics,  structural  engineering,  solid 
state  physics  or  geophysics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  223  or  225. 

336.  Thermal  Physics  (3).  Thermodynamics,  kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  elementary 
statistical  physics.  Prerequisites:  Physics  131-132,  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

80 


J71-372.  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Prerequisite;  consent  of  the  instructor. 
tOI-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  The  student  is  allowed  to  research  topics 

in  which  (s)he  is  interested.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
151-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
t91-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Student  presentations  of  current  problenns  in  physics  research. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  constellations, 
the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development  of  the  solar 
system,  and  the  sidereal  universe,  two  lectures  and  one  observatory  period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astro- 
nomical instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lec- 
ture and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  101-102 
and  consent  of  the  instructor. 


81 


Social  and 
Behavioral  Sciences 

EDUCATION 

Professors:  ROBERT  H.  KING,  Ph.D.,  Acting  Chairman 

JAIVIES  A.  MONTGOIVIERY,  Ed.D. 
Associate  Professors:  J.  HARPER  DAVIS,  M.Ed. 

MARY  ANN  EDGE,  M.S. 

STEVE  HERING,  Ed.  D. 
Assistant  Professors:  FRANK  BORST,  Ed.D. 

JEANNE  MIDDLETON  FORSYTHE,  Ed.D. 

DONALD  HOLCOMB,  M.Ed. 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER,  M.Ed. 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  all  Education  Majors:  Education  221 ,  301 ,  352,  434  or  456, 
HPE  332,  Speech  (3  hours),  and  the  Millsaps  core  requirements  (including  Natural 
Science  101-102). 

Additional  Requirements  for  the  Elementary  Education  Major:  Education  201 , 
205,  211,213,214,  305,  309,  320,  321 ,  323,  337,  339,  341 ,  345,  HPE  305,  Math  1 03, 
104,  and  a  1-hour  elective  in  Science  or  Math. 

Additional  Requirements  for  the  Health  and  Physical  Education  Major:  HPE 
205,  207,  210,  220,  302,  304,  305,  311,  312,  Education  207*,  215*,  341,  Biology  235, 
236,  Sociology  301,  and  6  hours  of  HPE  electives.  *Alternative  courses  are  available 
to  meet  requirements,  see  department  chairman. 

Additional  Requirements  for  the  Secondary  Education  Major  In  Science: 
Education  207,  215,  362,  372,  and  16  hours  in  at  least  two  of  the  following  four  cer- 
tification classifications:  Biological  Science,  Chemistry,  Earth  Science,  Physics;  or  32 
hours  of  any  science  for  the  General  Science  certification. 

Additional  Requirements  for  the  Secondary  Education  Major  in  Math:  Educa- 
tion 207,  215,  362,  372,  Math  116,  223-224  or  225-226,  335  or  346,  361 ,  plus  9  hours 
from  the  following  courses:  Math  325,  326,  335,  336,  345,  346,  351 ,  371 ,  Computer  1 1 0. 

Additional  Requirements  for  the  Secondary  Education  Major  in  Computer 
Studies:  Education  207,  215,  362,  372,  Computer  110,  112,  210,  250,  271  or  272, 
plus  1 2  hours  from  the  following  courses:  Computer  218,311,312,  354,  362,  374,  382. 

201 .  Introduction  to  Elementary  Education  (3).  A  multi-purpose  foundation  course  to 
orient  the  student  in  the  philosophical  and  social  dimensions  of  elementary  education. 

205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  characteristics  of 
human  development  from  conception  to  the  period  of  adolescence.  Same  as 
Psychology  205. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  psychological  and  biological  problems 
in  the  developing  adolescent.  Same  as  Psychology  207. 

211.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  teaches  an  under- 
standing of  the  structure  of  the  number  system  as  well  as  the  vocabulary  and  con- 
cepts of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  on  the  elementary  level,  with  emphasis  on  in- 
dividualized instruction.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

213-214.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  basic  reading  skills 
with  extensive  work  in  the  methods  and  materials  of  teaching  reading. 


82 


21 5.  Reading  In  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Designed  for  teachers  of  the  content  sub- 
jects in  grades  7-12  with  major  emphasis  on  the  role  of  reading  in  the  learning  pro- 
cess. Research  and  evaluation  are  stressed  as  well  as  an  analysis  of  materials 
employed  in  specific  reading  improvement  programs.  There  is  also  emphasis  on  in- 
structional methods. 

221.  Survey  of  the  Exceptional  Child  (3).  A  study  of  the  exceptional  child  with  em- 
phasis on  identification,  diagnosis,  and  etiology.  Includes  objectives,  organization, 
and  administration  of  special  education  courses. 

301 .  Career  Education  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  enable  teachers,  counselors,  and 
school  administrators  to  understand,  lay  a  foundation,  and  build  a  framework  for  a 
program  in  career  education.  Special  attention  is  given  to  methods  for  integrating 
career  education  into  all  levels  of  the  educational  program. 

305.  Language  Arts  In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Speaking,  writing,  and  listening 
with  special  emphasis  on  linguistics. 

309.  Literature:  Kindergarten  through  8th  grade  (3).  Development  of  the  elemen- 
tary literature  program  with  emphasis  on  story  telling,  fables,  myths,  and  poetry. 

320.  Science  In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Science  for  the  elementary  school  teacher. 

321 .  Social  Studies  In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Social  studies  for  the  elementary 
school  teacher. 

323.  Music  In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Music  for  classroom  teachers.  The  basic 
elements  of  theory  are  included.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

337.  Art  In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  em- 
phasis on  the  correlation  with  other  learning  areas. 

339.  Methods  and  Materials  In  Middle  Grades  and  In  Early  Childhood  Education 
(3).  Critical  analysis  of  the  most  significant  books  and  research  studies  in  founda- 
tions, organizations,  learning,  instruction,  curriculum,  evaluation,  and  specialty  areas 
in  elementary  education.  Students  will  explore  and  identify  alternative  solutions  to 
contemporary  issues  through  group  interaction. 

341 .  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  Includes  test  terminology,  types  of  instruments, 
selection  procedures,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and  interpretation 
of  test  data. 

345.  Principles  of  Early  Childhood  Education.  (3)  A  study  of  the  cognitive,  af- 
fective, and  psychomotor  characteristics  of  the  preschool  child,  and  the  design  of 
the  school  curriculum  to  meet  the  developmental  needs  of  the  preschool  child.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  classroom  practice  and  research  in  early  childhood  education, 
and  the  application  of  educational  principles  in  the  preschool  setting.  Broader  issues 
surrounding  child  care  for  the  young  child,  including  the  parental  role,  legal  aspects, 
and  career  possibilities  will  also  be  explored. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Applications  of  psychology  to  problems  of  learning 
and  teaching.  Same  as  Psychology  352. 

362.  General  Methods  of  Teaching  In  the  High  School  (3).  A  practicum.  Prerequisite: 
Education  207,  352. 

372.  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).  Legal,  philosophical,  and  historical  foun- 
dations of  the  modern  high  school  emphasizing  current  practices,  issues,  and 
problems. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3— 1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

410.  Education  of  the  Gifted.  (3)  Insight  into  the  social,  emotional,  physical,  and  in- 
tellectual characteristics  of  the  gifted.  Methods  of  identification  are  investigated. 

412.  Methods  and  Materials  for  the  Gifted.  (3)  A  study  of  instructional  methods  and 
materials  most  useful  for  teaching  the  gifted. 

415.  Computers  in  Education  (3).  Designed  to  enable  the  educator  to  utilize  the  com- 
puter for  various  instructional  and  administrative  tasks.  An  introduction  to  educational 
computer  packages  such  as  the  Huntington  series  in  math,  science,  and  social  science 
for  the  secondary  grades,  and  the  Riverdale  Math  Package  for  elementary  areas. 


L 


83 


430.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  tlie  Elementary  Scliool  (6). 

One  semester.  Prerequisites:  C  average  and  Education  211,  213-214. 
434.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (12). 

Full  time -one  semester. 
452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).  One 

semester.  Prerequisite:  C  average  and  Education  352,  362. 

456.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  High  School  (12).  Full  time- 
one  semester. 

600-604.  instructional  Seminar  (3).  Designed  primarily  for  the  professional  educator. 
The  seminar  will  offer  opportunities  to  increase  classroom  effectiveness  through  the 
use  of  innovative  practices  and  the  study  of  pertinent  topics. 

610.  Comparative  Education  (3).  Study  of  the  philosophy,  curriculum  and  objectives  of 
various  educational  systems.  Field  research  will  be  an  integral  part  of  the  class  content. 

615.  Computers  in  Education  (3).  Designed  to  enable  the  educator  to  utilize  the  com- 
puter for  various  instructional  and  administrative  tasks.  An  introduction  to  educational 
computer  packages  such  as  the  Huntington  series  in  math,  science,  and  social  science 
for  the  secondary  grades,  and  the  Riverdale  Math  Package,  for  elementary  areas. 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
Activity  Courses 
A105-A106      Archery  (1-1) 
A107-A108      Weight  Training  for  Men  (1-1) 
A109-A110      Body  Tone  for  Women  (1-1) 
A1 11 -All 2      Karate  (1-1) 
A115-A116      Fencing  (1-1) 
A117-A118      Aerobics  (1-1) 
A119-A120      Dance  (1-1) 
A123-A124      Basic  Gymnastics 
A201-A202      Golf  (1-1) 
A211-A212      Bowling  (1-1) 
A221-A222      Tennis  (1-1) 

Varsity  Athletics 
A140-A141  (First  Year),  A240-A241  (Second  Year),  A340-A341  (Third  Year), 
A440-A441  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Football.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  football. 
A150-A151  (First  Year),  A250-A251  (Second  Year),  A350-A351  (Third  Year). 
A450-A451  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Baseball.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  baseball. 
A160-A161  (First  Year),  A260-A261  (Second  Year),  A360-A361  (Third  Year), 
A460-A461  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Tennis.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  tennis. 
A170-A171  (First  Year),  A270-A271  (Second  Year),  A370-A371  (Third  Year), 
A470-A471  (Fourth  Year)  Varity  Basketball.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  basketball. 
A190-A191  (First  Year),  A290-A291  (Second  Year),  A390-A391  (Third  Year), 
A490-A491  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Soccer.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  soccer. 

Academic  Courses 

205.  First  Aid  (3).  Designed  to  assist  the  student  in  safety  skills  and  techniques  of  im- 
mediate and  temporary  care  in  the  event  of  an  injury  or  sudden  illness  along  with 
study  of  first  aid  subject  matter. 

207.  Principles,  Philosophy  and  History  of  Physical  Education  (3).  A  review  of 
the  foundations  of  modern  physical  education  derived  from  its  principles,  philosophy, 
and  history.  To  be  taught  in  the  fall  semester  every  third  year. 


84 


>10.  Rhythms  (3).  Kindergarten-grade  12.  The  study  of  the  scope,  content,  and 
methodology  of  the  rhythms  and  dance  program.  Emphasis  is  on  the  creative  and 
aesthetic  values  therein,  and  the  integration  and  correlation  with  the  other  arts  in  the 
school  curriculum. 

>20.  Physical  Education  for  the  Exceptional  Child.  (3)  A  study  and  development 
of  concepts  and  knowledge  of  physical  education  programs  for  the  exceptional  child. 

)02.  Motor  Development  and  Movement  Education  (3).  Kindergarten-grade  6.  De- 
signed to  develop  a  basic  understanding  of  how  and  where  the  body  moves  and 
what  the  body  can  do  as  applicable  to  children  in  grades  K-6.  The  student  will  become 
familiar  with  various  ways  to  recognize  the  stages  of  motor  development  in  children 
and  how  to  prepare  activities  for  skill  acquisitions. 

J04.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Health  (3).  The  characteristics  of  the 
secondary  student,  activities  suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels  represented, 
facilities,  and  equipment. 

J05.  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  The  characteristics  of  the 
elementary  school  child,  activities  suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels  represented, 
facilities,  and  equipment. 

J08.  Institutional  and  Community  Recreation  (3).  Techniques  and  theories  of  di- 
recting church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs,  with  special 
emphasis  on  designing  programs  for  all  age  groups. 

311-312.  Theory  of  High  School  Coaching  for  Individual  and  Team  Sports  (3-3). 

321-322.  Athletic  Officiating  (3-3). 

332.  Consumer  Health  (3).  Personal  health  and  care  of  the  body;  food,  sanitation,  dis- 
eases and  contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 

405.  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Kindergarten-grade  12.  A  study  of  the  various 
tests  in  the  field  of  health  and  physical  education,  including  uses  and  interpretation 
of  elementary  statistical  techniques. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

\ssociate  Professors:  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  J.D.,  Chairman 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Political  Science  101,  102,  271,  341,  342,  351,  352, 
301 ,  302,  and  491 .  Majors  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  political  science  with 
J  minimum  of  18  semester  hour  from  the  following  courses:  Political  Science  101  and 
1 02,  either  301  or  302,  either  261  or  341 ,  and  two  courses  from  1 1 2,  21 1 ,  31 1 ,  351  -352. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science  majors 
nay  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In  conjunction 
with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington  Semester.  Each  pro- 
gram involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  For  further  information  see  section 
Special  Programs. 

101 .  American  Government  I  (3).  A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political  environ- 
ment, inputs,  and  decision-making  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism,  political 
parties.  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary. 

102.  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  civil  liberties  and  national  fiscal, 
regulatory,  grant-in-aid,  social,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power 
analysis,  and  institutions  and  policies.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

115.  Mississippi  Civil  Rights  and  Politics  Since  1950.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

211.  President  and  Congress.  (3).  Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,  plus  roll-call  analysis  of  Congress.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 


\ 


85 


261 .  International  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  international  politics 
including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  imperialism,  balance 
of  power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

262.  U.S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  Including  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects 
developed  within  the  context  of  current  issues.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

265.  U.S.  Diplomatic  History  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
271 .  Scope  and  Methods  (3).  The  nature  of  the  discipline,  library  research  techniques 
and  utilization  of  statistics  in  political  science. 

301.  Political  Theory  I  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  the  Protestant 
Reformation. 

302.  Political  Theory  II  (3).  Hobbes,  Locke,  and  Rousseau  through  the  early  Twen- 
tieth Century  political  philosophers. 

311.  American  Political  Parties  (3).  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  campaigns, 
and  voting  rights  and  behavior,  with  attention  to  Mississippi  politics.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

338.  Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing,  staffing, 
directing,  coordinating,  reporting  and  budgeting  in  public  agencies.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

341.  Comparative  Government  I  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  West  Germany.  Pre- 
requisite: Political  Science  101. 

342.  Comparative  Government  II  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  nations.  Prerequisite: 
Political  Science  341. 

351 .  Courts  and  the  Constitution  I  (3).  Constitutional  politics,  the  judicial  process,  court 
operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of  government. 
Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

352.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  and 
first  amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

364.  International  Law  and  Organization  (3).  World  order  in  a  legal  setting.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an  aide  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester  during  a  regular 
session  of  the  Legislature.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major  in  political  science;  (b)  junior  or 
senior  standing;  (c)  permission  of  the  chairman.  Application  should  be  made  early 
in  December  immediately  preceding  a  new  legislative  session. 

453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  law  firm  or  govern- 
ment agency  to  work  as  an  aide.  Prerequisites:  Political  Science  351  and  352. 

456.  Public  Administration  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  federal,  state,  or  local 
government  office  to  work  at  the  middle  management  level.  Prerequisite:  Political 
Science  338. 

491 .  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on  the 
state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Includes  contributions  by  other  disciplines 
to  politics. 


86 


PSYCHOLOGY 


Professors:  RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY,  Ph.D., 

Chairman 
EDMOND  R.  VENATOR,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  202,  305,  306,  314,  315,  491,  303  or  304,  313  or  331.  Under 
unusual  circumstances  students  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required  course 
if  they  pass  an  examination  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required  course.  This 
special  examination  will  be  administered  by  the  department  chairman  and  must  be 
passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The  stu- 
dent successfully  taking  this  special  examination  will  receive  no  additional  course  credit 
toward  the  degree. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  psychology  with  any 
12  semester  hours  beyond  Psychology  202  except  Psychology  205,  207  and  352  and 
approval  of  the  department  chairman. 

Requirements  for  combined  major  in  Psychology-Sociology:  A  minimum  of 
41  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments.  A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and 
Sociology,  with  a  concentration  in  Psychology,  requires  completion  of  the  following 
courses:  Psychology  202,  206,  303,  304,  305,  306,  31 3,  31 4,  31 5,  491 ;  Sociology  1 01 , 
221 ,  371 ,  493.  An  internship  in  the  area  of  the  students  interest  is  strongly  recommended. 

202.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  Methods  of  studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of 
learning,  intelligence,  maturation,  personality,  emotions,  and  perception.  Not  generally 
recommended  for  freshmen. 

205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (3).  Principles  of  communication,  group  interaction,  and  human 
relations. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Education  207. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  Emphasis  on  the  outstanding  systems  of  psychological 

thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the  field. 
214.  Developmental  Psychology  (3).  Topics  emphasized  are:  Piagets  developmental 

theory,  child-rearing  practices,  early  childhood  development,  and  the  nature-nurture 

issue.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 
271 .  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).  Emphasis  on  inferential  techniques. 

Consent  of  instructor. 

303.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal,  environ- 
mental correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

304.  Theories  of  Personality  (3).  Consideration  of  the  whole  spectrum  of  personality 
theories,  including  Freudian,  humanistic,  existential,  and  behavioristic  models.  Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  202. 

305-306.  Experimental  Psychology:  Methodology  and  Statistics  (4-4).  A  two- 
semester  sequence  which  integrates  statistical  treatments  and  research 
methodologies.  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science;  research  methods  with  special 
emphasis  on  experimental  designs;  descriptive  and  inferential  statistical  analysis;  in- 
terpretation of  data;  and  scientific  writing.  Content  areas  include  scaling, 
psychophysics,  and  perception.  Required  lab.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 
Psychology  305  prerequisite  to  Psychology  306. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (4).  The  neuroanatomical  correlates  and  physiological 
processes  underlying  psychological  activity,  including  physiological  factors  in  learn- 
ing, emotion,  motivation,  and  perception.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


87 


31 2.  Operant  Conditioning  Laboratory  (1).  Experience  with  the  techniques  of  operant 
conditioning.  Student  will  work  one  on  one  with  a  rat  and  explore  several  schedules 
of  reinforcement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  consent  of  instructor. 

313.  Psychology  of  Motivation  (3).  Ennphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of  behavior, 
including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  Examines  both  theory  and  research 
findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls  of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

314.  Learning  (3).  Human  verbal  learning,  memory  and  transfer.  Principles  and  theories 
of  respondent  and  operant  conditioning  and  their  interactions.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and 
Psychology  305. 

316.  Basic  Circuitry  and  Instrumentation  in  Behavioral  Research  (1).  Research 
applications  of  equipment  in  common  use  in  psychology  laboratories.  The  student 
will  devise  and  construct  simple  circuitry.  Consent  of  instructor. 

320.  Cognitive  Processes  (3).  An  examination  of  the  processes  of  thinking,  reasoning, 
problem  solving,  concept  formation,  memory,  hypnosis,  and  parapsychology.  Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  202. 

331.  Perception  (3).  Perceptual  phenomena  and  the  theories  which  have  been  con- 
structed to  explain  them.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Same  as  Education  352. 

390.  Comparative  Psychology  (3).  Behavior  of  lower  animals.  Relation  of  behavior 
to  organismic  structures  and  environmental  stimuli.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics.  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

453-454.  Teaching  Practicum  (3).  As  a  member  of  a  teaching  team,  the  student  will 
attend  all  classes  of  the  introductory  Psychology  course  and  will  lead  a  tutorial  group 
composed  of  a  portion  of  the  students  enrolled  in  the  same  introductory  course.  Pre- 
requisite: selection  by  instructor. 

491 .  Seminar  (3).  Reading  of  selected  books  and  articles  as  a  basis  for  critical  classroom 
discussion. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Associate  Professor:  FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER,  M.S.,  Chairman 

Assistant  Professor:  ALLEN  SCARBORO,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  101,  201,  281,  282,  371,  492,  493  and  any  other  two  courses 
offered  by  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  281  and  282  in  their 
sophomore  or  junior  years;  492  and  493  in  their  junior  or  senior  years. 

Requirement  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  sociology  with  15  hours 
in  the  department,  including  101,  or  a  minor  in  sociology-anthropology  with  15  hours 
in  the  department,  including  101,  201,  and  two  other  courses  in  anthropology. 

Requirements  for  combined  major  in  Sociology-Psychology:  A  minimum  of 
41  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments.  A  combined  major  in  Sociology  and 
Psychology,  with  a  concentration  in  Sociology,  requires  completion  of  the  following 
courses:  Sociology  101,  201,  206,  221,  281,  282,  371,  492,  493,  451,  or  452,  and 
Psychology  202,  303,  313,  and  315. 


88 


SOCIOLOGY 

101.  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3). 

102.  Social  Problems  (3).  Survey  of  social  problems  such  as  overpopulation,  war, 
poverty,  and  deviance. 

205.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).  Theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature,  and  institu- 
tional structure  of  religion.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  Same  as  Psychology  206. 

221.  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Explores  purpose,  techniques,  and  organiza- 
tion of  the  profession.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and  re- 
search on  racial  and  ethnic  groups  in  the  U.S.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

241-242.  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  Deals  with  the  historic  and  contemporary 
experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  up  to 
1915.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1915  to  the  present.  Same  as 
History  241-242.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

281 .  Methods  and  Statistics  I  (3).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science,  ethical  issues 
in  social  research,  basic  methods  of  data-gathering,  qualitative  analysis,  descriptive 
statistics.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  equivalent. 

282.  Methods  of  Statistics  II  (3).  Advanced  data  and  analysis,  methods  of  data  presen- 
tation and  introduction  to  computer  use.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  281 . 

301.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Emphasis  on  changing  roles  of  men  and  women 

and  patterns  of  child  rearing  in  contemporary  society. 
321 .  Urban  Sociology  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  city  and  the  problems  of  urban 

life.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.  Social  Movements  (3).  The  study  of  both  reform  movements  and  revolutions, 
their  causes  and  effects.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

341.  Social  Factors  in  Health  (3).  Covers  doctor/patient  relationships,  organization  of 
health  in  the  United  States,  the  effect  of  social  variables  on  health  and  illness.  Of- 
fered in  alternate  years. 

361.  Human  Ecology  (3).  Research  and  theory  interpreting  cultural  evolution  in  terms 
of  interaction  between  populations  and  environments.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.  Class,  Sex  and  Race  (3).  Theories  and  empirical  findings  pertaining  to  social 
stratification.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

381.  Death  and  Grief  (3).  Topics  include  stages  of  dying,  relationships  of  patients  to 
family  and  medical  staff,  ethical  issues  surrounding  death,  stages  of  grief  and  func- 
tions of  rituals.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug 
use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non- 
moralistic,  sociological  perspective.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  and 
conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end  of 
semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Inquiry  by  a  junior  or  senior  major 
capable  of  independent  work  with  minimum  of  supervision.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  normally 
covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
101. 


89 


451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  for  majors  working 
with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and  communi- 
ty organization.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  I  (3).  Historical  approach  to  theoretical  develop- 
ment in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and  symbolic  in- 
teractionists.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 

493.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  II  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  ranging  from 
functionalism  to  conflict  theory  and  phenomenology.  Opportunities  to  integrate  and 
expand  upon  current  sociological  knowledge.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201 .  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Basic  concepts  and  approaches  to  anthro- 
pology, archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns  of  preliterate  peoples. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  by 
a  junior  or  senior  major,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student. 
Research  report  due  at  the  end  of  the  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  area  of  special  interest 
to  the  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent  work  with  supervision. 
Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

41 1-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (1  to  3  - 1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  cov- 
ered in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students. 


90 


Interdisciplinary  Studies 

Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chronolog- 
ical portrayal  ot  the  heritage  of  Western  man  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provided 
by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The  course 
will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  sessions,  and 
occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  freshmen,  but  open  to  some  sophomores. 
Limited  enrollment.  Corequisite  for  entering  freshmen:  English  103-104. 

Liberal  Studies  100.  Introduction  to  the  Liberal  Arts  (3).  A  course  designed  to  orient 
adult  learners  to  the  academic  community;  to  assist  them  to  acquire  the  skills  necessary 
for  academic  success,  especially  reading  and  writing  skills;  and  to  introduce  them 
to  the  theory  of  liberal  arts  education.  Class  will  be  conducted  in  a  discussion  format 
with  frequent  writing  assignments,  culminating  in  a  research  paper.  Enrollment  limited 
to  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree. 

Library  405.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  hours).  A  course  designed  for  the  student 
wishing  to  explore  independently  a  subject  of  inter-departmental  interest,  a  subject 
requiring  extensive  reading  or  research,  or  a  subject  area  not  directly  related  to  an 
existing  department.  The  student  must  present  a  written  proposal  stating  objectives 
for  the  approval  of  the  head  librarian  and  the  major  professor.  Working  closely  with 
a  library  faculty  member,  and  when  necessary  with  the  advice  of  a  subject  specialist, 
the  student  reads  broadly  in  the  subject,  concluding  with  a  bibliography  and  report. 

Natural  Science  101-102.  Science  and  the  Human  Prospect  (4-4).  A  course  de- 
signed primarily  for  the  non-science  major,  presenting  an  integrated  view  of  the  natural 
sciences:  biology,  chemistry,  geology,  and  physics.  The  interdependence  of  science, 
technology,  and  the  human  condition  will  be  emphasized.  Along  with  lectures,  discus- 
sion and  laboratory  sessions,  extensive  use  will  be  made  of  computer  assisted  in- 
struction. Recommended  for  sophomores  and  juniors.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
103-104  or  equivalent  (e.g.  Mathematics  107  or  115  and  Computer  100). 

Southern  Studies  200.  Selected  Topics  (3).  A  course  for  the  general  student  to 
be  offered  by  the  individual  currently  appointed  to  the  Eudora  Welty  Chair  of  Southern 
Studies.  It  may  be  cross-listed  with  one  or  more  departments  and  may  be  repeated 
for  credit  with  different  topics. 


91 


School  of  Management 

The  Chair  of  Management 

The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 

Professors:  JERRY  D.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ,  Ph.D. 

GEORGE  M.  HARIMON,  D.B.A. 

WALTER  P.  NEELY,  Ph.D,  C.F.A. 

SUE  Y.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. 
Associate  Professors:  CARL  A.  BROOKING,  Ph.D. 

SHIRLEY  F.  OLSON,  D.B.A. 

THOIVIAS  E.  PRITCHARD,  Ph.D. 

TERRY  K.  SHELDAHL,  Ph.D. 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,  M.A.,  C.P.A. 
Assistant  Professors:  BETSY  JANE  CLARY,  Ph.D. 

DAVID  A.  LARSON,  J.D. 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS,  II,  M.B.A. 
Instructor:  GAIL  E.  SYPE,  M.B.A. 

Objective  of  the  School  of  Management.  The  objective  of  the  School  of  Manage- 
ment is  to  provide  nnanagerial  and  professional  leadership  to  the  larger  society  by 
educating  future  leaders,  in  business  and  public  administration  and  in  the  accounting 
profession  by  providing  consulting  and  other  services  to  the  community,  and  ex- 
panding the  body  of  knowledge  in  the  field  of  management.  With  respect  to  the  educa- 
tional mission,  our  goals  are  to  develop  a  general  management  outlook  toward  organiza- 
tions and  the  changing  environment  they  face;  to  foster  the  ability  to  organize  informa- 
tion for  analysis  as  the  basis  for  making  decisions;  to  instill  standards  of  professional 
behavior  which  are  consistent  with  the  legitimate  expectations  of  society;  and  to  pro- 
vide technical  expertise  required  for  entry-level  positions  and  leadership  attributes 
necessary  to  attain  positions  in  general  management. 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  (BBA).  Accounting  and  business  ad- 
ministration majors  must  complete  additional  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Business 
Administration  degree  (B.B.A.).  Economics  majors  must  complete  additional  requirements 
for  either  a  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree.  The  requirements  for  a  major  in  accounting  or  in  business 
administration  are  in  addition  to  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  minimum 
college  requirements  for  all  degrees  and  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  both  areas.  Majors 
must  make  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  required  by  the  School  of  Management. 

At  least  54  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  School  of  Management 
and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  School  of  Management. 

Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have 
completed  at  least  52  semester  hours. 

Students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree  are  encouraged  to  add  depth  in  a  non-business 
area  that  a  minor  can  provide.  Minors  which  would  be  of  particular  value  to  students 
in  the  School  of  Management  are  available  in  computer  studies,  modern  languages, 
English,  chemistry,  political  science,  psychology,  and  biology. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the  statistics 
requirement  (Administration  275)  at  Millsaps.  The  typical  first  six  hours  of  accounting 
principles  will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requirement.  The  typical  six 
hours  of  sophomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics  201-202  require- 
ment. Transfer  students  will  be  required  to  satisfactorily  complete  at  least  18  hours  of 
courses  offered  by  the  School  of  Management  to  meet  the  requirement  for  the  BBA 
degree  and  the  major  regardless  of  the  specific  requirements  satisfied  by  transfer  hours. 
In  some  instances  this  may  mean  repeating  certain  transferred,  upper-division  courses. 
Students  should  not  expect  to  transfer  credit  in  courses  numbered  at  the  300-level  or 
above  from  a  community  college  to  Millsaps. 


92 


Requirements  for  major  In  Accounting:  The  program  of  study  is  adequate 
preparation  for  the  C.P.A.  and  C.M.A.  examinations.  Accounting  majors  must  complete 
the  requirements  for  a  B.B.A.  degree  in  addition  to  requirements  for  the  major.  Account- 
ng  281-282  and  Economics  201-202  should  not  be  taken  before  the  sophomore  year. 
Computer  100  or  equivalent  and  Business  Administration  275,  should  be  taken  before 
[he  junior  year.  Accounting  381,  382  and  391  and  Business  Administration  321,  333, 
334,  336,  and  362  should  be  taken  in  the  junior  year.  Accounting  392,  395  and  398 
and  Business  Administration  221-222  and  399  should  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Business  Administration:  The  requirements  for  the 
business  administration  major,  in  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.B.A. 
degree,  are  very  flexible  and  afford  students  the  opportunity  to  take  advanced  elec- 
tives  which  will  provide  a  foundation  to  enter  several  professional  fields. 

Administration  majors  should  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  Com- 
puter 100  or  equivalent,  and  Business  Administration  220  and  275  before  their  junior 
year.  Business  Administration  321 ,  333,  334,  336,  and  362  should  be  taken  during  the 
junior  year.  Area  concentration  courses,  electives,  and  Business  Administration  399 
should  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

Students  majoring  in  business  administration  are  expected  to  demonstrate  an 
awareness  of  the  global  dimension  of  the  business  world  by  successfully  completing 
one  of  the  following  courses:  Business  Administration  339,  Economics  346,  Economics 
348,  or  three  hours  in  a  modern  language  beyond  the  elementary  level. 

Requirements  for  a  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This  economics 
major  is  required  to  take  Business  Adminstration  275,  Economics  201 ,  202,  303,  304 
and  nine  hours  of  economics  electives. 

Requirements  for  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This  economics 
major  is  required  to  take  Mathematics  115-11 6,  Business  Administration  275,  Economics 
201 ,  202,  303,  304  and  nine  hours  of  economics  electives.  To  prepare  for  graduate 
studies  in  economics  the  student  should  include  Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226,  335 
and  346. 

Requirements  for  a  minor  in  the  School  of  Management:  Students  pursuing 
the  B.B.A.  degree  may  not  minor  in  accounting  or  administration.  Students  pursuing 
any  other  undergraduate  degree  may  elect  a  minor  in  either  of  these  disciplines  with 
12  hours  beyond  the  degree  requirements,  including  the  following:  for  the  accounting 
minor  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  and  six  additional  hours  of  account- 
ing; for  the  administration  minor  nine  hours  from  Accounting  281-282  and  Economics 
201-202,  Business  Administration  333,  and  six  additional  hours  of  business  administra- 
tion. Students  pursuing  any  undergraduate  degree  may  minor  in  economics  with 
Economics  201-202  and  12  additional  hours  of  economics.  Administration  275,  Statistics, 
may  be  used  to  satisfy  three  of  the  12  elective  hours  for  the  economics  minor  if  not 
utilized  to  meet  major  requirements. 

Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  degree  is  offered  and  the  founda- 
tion coursework  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level.  Foundation  courses  include: 
Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  Administration  220,  275,  321 ,  333,  334,  362 
and  Computer  100.  See  the  graduate  catalog  for  details. 

Suggestions  for  non-majors:  Economics  201,  202,  Accounting  281,  282  and 
Business  Administration  220  are  good  entry-level  offerings.  Other  courses  in  the  School 
are  appropriate  for  electives,  especially  Economics  340  and  341 ,  Accounting  395  and 
Business  Administration  321  and  333.  Please  note,  however,  that  junior  status  is  re- 
quired before  taking  courses  at  the  300  level  or  above. 

ACCOUNTING 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  First  semester,  basic  concepts  and  pro- 
cedures; second  semester,  financial  and  administrative  applications. 

381-382.  Intermediate  Accounting  Theory  (3-3).  Accounting  principles  applicable 
to  the  content,  valuation,  and  presentation  of  the  principal  ledger  items;  the  analysis 
of  financial  statements;  working  capital  and  operations;  reorganization;  selected  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 


93 


391 .  Cost  Accounting  (3).  Procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  costing  with 
major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.  Prerequisite:  Account- 
ing 281-282. 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  conceptual  approach  to  auditing  with  attention  directed  to  audit 
reports  and  informational  systems.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

394.  Fund  Accounting  (3).  Principles  and  applications  appropriate  to  governmental 
and  other  non-profit  institutions.  This  course  is  available  for  seniors  and  graduate 
students  only.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

395-396.  Tax  Accounting  (3-3).  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  federal 
and  state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Accounting  396  is 
available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

397.  Readings  in  Accounting  Theory.  (3).  A  critical  examination  of  present  accounting 
standards,  principles  and  concepts  in  order  to  develop  a  comprehensive  philosophy 
of  accounting.  This  course  is  available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only.  Pre- 
requisite: Accounting  382. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Practical  problems  and  recent  develop- 
ments in  accounting  procedure.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 
403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 
411-412.  Special  topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 
220.  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3).  A  study  of  legal  environment  in  which 

management  must  function  including  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  antitrust  laws 

and  antidiscrimination  laws. 
221-222.  Business  Law  (3-3).  Introduction  to  legal  systems  and  the  Constitution,  survey 

of  administrative  agencies  and  policy  issues,  contracts,  agency  and  sales;  the 

second  semester  focuses  upon  partnerships,  corporations,  commercial  paper  and 

bankruptcy.  Business  Law  I  should  be  taken  before  Business  Law  II. 
275.  Business  Statistics  (3).  Descriptive  statistics,  probability,  probability  distributions; 

estimation  and  hypothesis  testing;  regression  and  correlation;  time  series  analysis. 

(Three-hour  lecture,  one-hour  optional  laboratory).  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  1 07-1 08, 

or  115-116. 
321 .  Marketing  Management  (3).  A  survey  of  the  functions,  processes  and  institutions 

which  direct  the  flow  of  goods  and  services  from  producer  to  consumer  or  user. 

325.  Sales  Management  (3).  Develops  the  system  necessary  for  planning,  organizing, 
directing  and  controlling  the  efforts  of  a  sales  force.  This  course  is  available  for  senior 
and  graduate  credit  only.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  321 . 

326.  Marketing  Research  (3).  Examines  modern  research  methods  and  techniques 
for  gathering,  recording,  and  analyzing  information  for  marketing  decisions.  This 
course  is  available  for  senior  and  graduate  credit  only.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  275  and  321 . 

333.  Introduction  to  Management  (3).  Theories  of  organized  structure,  behavior,  com- 
munication, and  managerial  decision  making. 

334.  Operations  Management  (3).  System  analysis,  decision  making,  examination  of 
management  science  techniques  in  problem  solving.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  275. 

335.  Human  Resource  Management  (3).  The  management  of  human  resources  and 
employment  procedures  and  personnel  administration. 

336.  Management  Information  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  computer  hardware  and 
software  concepts  and  the  design  of  commercial  computer  systems  from  a  manage- 
ment perspective.  Prerequisite:  Computer  100  or  equivalent. 


94 


337.  Industrial  Relations  Legislation  (3).  The  legal  background  and  effects  of  govern- 
ment regulation  of  labor  relations.  Ennphasis  on  study  of  the  National  Labor  Rela- 
tions Act,  and  Title  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act.  Prerequisite:  BA  220  or  221. 

338.  Introduction  to  Management  Science  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  the  com- 
puter in  mathematical  modeling.  The  models  covered  will  include  linear  program- 
ming, simulation,  and  sequential  decision  making.  This  course  is  available  for  senior 
and  graduate  students  only.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  334. 

339.  International  Business  (3).  A  study  of  the  management  of  multinational  busi- 
nesses. This  course  is  available  for  seniors  and  graduate  students  only.  Prerequisite: 
B.A.  321. 

362.  Business  Finance  (3).  An  introductory  course  in  financial  management  directed 
at  the  analysis  of  financial  problems.  Integrated  approach  to  basic  concepts  of  valua- 
tion, investment  and  financing.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  282. 

365.  Investments  (3).  Introductory  course  in  investment  management  and  analysis  is 
directed  at  an  understanding  of  how  people  make  investment  decisions.  Considera- 
tion of  the  description  and  theory  of  capital  markets  and  individual  investment  in- 
struments. Prerequisite:  B.A.  362. 

367.  Principles  of  Insurance  (3).  The  concepts  of  risk  managment  and  insurance 
are  studied  through  directed  readings  and  internship.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  senior 
students  with  a  serious  interest  in  insurance.  Prerequisite:  BA  362. 

368.  Principles  of  Real  Estate  (3).  Real  Estate  ownership  and  management  is  studied 
through  directed  readings  and  internship.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  senior  students 
with  a  serious  interest  in  real  estate.  Prerequisite:  BA  362. 

369.  Advanced  Business  Finance  (3).  An  advanced  course  that  examines  the  finan- 
cial decisions  of  the  firm.  Selected  topics  include  current  asset  management,  capital 
budgeting  under  uncertainty,  long-term  financing,  dividend  policy  and  mergers.  Pre- 
requisite: B.A.  362. 

390.  Small  Business  Administration  (3).  Small  business  consulting  including  field 
work  with  the  Jackson  business  community.  Prerequisites:  Accounting  282  and  B.A. 
321,  333,  334,  and  362. 

399.  Business  Strategy  (3).  The  case  study  and  simulation  approaches  are  used  for 
solution  of  problems  in  managerial  economics,  accounting,  marketing,  finance,  per- 
sonnel, and  production.  Prerequisites:  Accounting  282  and  B.A.  321 ,  333,  334  and 
362. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6-1  to  6),  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

ECONOMICS 

201.  Principles  of  Microeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  micro  concepts  of 
economic  behavior,  the  role  of  the  price  system  and  income  distribution. 

202.  Principles  of  Macroeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  macro  concepts  of 
economic  behavior,  national  income  analysis,  stability  and  growth. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market 
equilibrium,  resource  allocation,  policy  analysis,  and  managerial  applications.  Pre- 
requisite: Economics  201  and  202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  Income  measurement;  com- 
modity and  money  market  equilibrium;  aggregate  demand  and  supply  analysis; 
monetary  and  fiscal  policy  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 


95 


340.  Current  Economic  Problems  and  issues  (3).  Class  discussion  of  current  prob- 
lems and  an  opportunity  for  students  to  apply  micro  and  macroeconomics  principles 
to  current  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202. 

341.  iMoney  and  Financial  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  the  microeconomic  aspects  of 
financial  systems,  including  market  structure,  behavior,  and  regulation  of  commer- 
cial banks  and  other  financial  intermediaries;  the  creation  of  money;  central  bank 
organization  and  monetary  control;  and  current  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201 
and  202. 

342.  Public  Finance  (3).  Government  decisions  on  expenditures,  taxation,  debt 
management  and  policy  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

344.  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3).  Development  of  economic  thought  from  the 
classical  school  to  the  present  time.  Prerequisite  201-202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

346.  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3).  A  survey  and  examination  of  the  contem- 
porary world  economic  systems.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

348.  International  Economics  (3).  An  extension  and  application  of  economic  theory  to 
international  issues  with  an  examination  of  world  money  markets,  exchange  rates, 
adjustment  mechanisms,  and  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3—1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6-1  to  6).  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis. 


96 


7 

register 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
1984-85 

OFFICERS 

JAMES  B.  CAMPBELL Chairman 

CARLTON  P.  MINNICK Vice-Chairman 

CLAY  F.   LEE Secretary 

J.   HERMAN   MINES Treasurer 

REGULAR  TRUSTEES 
Term  Expires  in  1986 

W.  F.  APPLEBY Clarksdale 

N.  A.   DICKSON Columbia 

MRS.  CLARIE  COLLINS  HARVEY Jackson 

CLAY  F.   LEE Jackson 

PAUL  M.  BADDOUR Senatobia 

CHARLES  W.  ELSE Jackson 

R.  T.  WOODARD Aberdeen 

LEROY  REED Belzoni 

Terms  Expires  in  1989 

EUGENE  ISAAC Itta  Bena 

B.  F.  LEE Senatobia 

JACK  LOFLIN Brookhaven 

ROBERT  M.  MATHENY Meridian 

HYMAN  F.   MCCARTY,  JR Magee 

F.  W.   PRICE Greenwood 

MIKE    STURDIVANT Glendora 

EARL  R.  WILSON Jackson 

SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 
Term  Expires  in  1987 

G.  C,  CORTRIGHT Rolling  Fork 

E.  B.  ROBINSON,  JR Jackson 

MORRIS  LEWIS,  JR Indianola 

DAVID  A.  MCINTOSH Vicksburg 

W.  H.  MOUNGER Jackson 

NAT  S.  ROGERS Houston,  Texas 

TOM  B.  SCOTT,  JR Jackson 

Term  Expires  in  1984 

J.  A.  BROWN Jackson 

W.  V.  KEMP Senatobia 

ROBERT  O.  MAY Greenville 

RICHARD  D.  McRAE Jackson 

LEROY  P.  PERCY Greenville 

MISS  EUDORA  WELTY Jackson 

GEN.  LOUIS  H.  WILSON Jackson 

FRANK  M.  LANEY,  JR Jackson,  Faculty  Representative 

W.  F.  GOODMAN,  JR Jackson,  College  Attorney 

TRUSTEES  EIVIERITI 

ROY   BOGGAN Tupelo 

FRED  B.  SMITH Ripley 


98 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
1983-84 

\cademlc  Affairs  Committee:  LeRoy  Percy,  Chairman;  Tom  B.  Scott,  Eudora  Welty, 

R.  T.  Woodard,  Richard  D.  McRae. 
\udit  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Chairman;  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  William  H.  Mounger. 
Buildings  and  Grounds  Committee:  Earl  R.  Wilson,  Chairman;  Clay  F.  Lee,  F.  W. 

Price,  David  Mcintosh,  Robert  O.  May,  Morris  Lewis,  Eugene  Isaac. 
External  Affairs  Committee:  Louis  H.  Wilson,  Jr.,  Chairman;  William  H.  Mounger, 

Robert  Matheny,  B.  F.  Lee,  Leroy  Reed,  Jack  Loflin. 
-Inance  Committee:  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Chairman;  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  NatS.  Rogers, 

Charles  W.  Else,  Mike  Sturdivant,  N.  A.  Dickson. 
nvestor  Responsibility  Committee:  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Chairman;  William  H. 

Mounger,  Clarie  C.  Harvey. 
Student  Affairs  Committee:  G.  Cauley  Cortnght,  Chairman;  Paul  M.  Baddour, 

William  F.  Appleby,  William  V.  Kemp,  Clarie  C.  Harvey. 
Executive  Committee:  James  B.  Campbell,  Chairman;  J.  Herman  Hines,  Carlton  P. 

Minnick,  LeRoy  Percey,  Clay  F.  Lee,  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Louis 

H.  Wilson,  Jr.,  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Tom  B.  Scott,  William  V.  Kemp,  Earl  R.  Wilson, 

William  F.  Appleby. 

EX  OFFICIO 
Ml  Committees:  James  B.  Campbell,  George  M.  Harmon,  Carlton  P.  Minnick 
\cademlc  Committee:  Robert  H   King 
=inance  Committee:  Frank  M.  Laney,  Jr. 

student  Affairs  Committee:  John  Pigott,  President  of  Student  Executive  Board 
External  Affairs  Committee:  Don  Q  Mitchell 
Mnance,  Audit,  Executive  Committees:  J.  Herman  Hines 


MILLSAPS  ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

DON  Q.  MITCHELL,  JACKSON,  MS President 

J.  MURRAY  UNDERWOOD,  JACKSON,  MS Past  President 

A/ILLIAM  E.  CAMPBELL,  JACKSON,  MS Executive  Director 

3ERALD  H.  JACKS,  CLEVELAND,  MS National  Chairman- 

Millsaps  College  Annual  Fund 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

3E0RGE  M.  HARMON,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A President 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  B.A.,  B.D.,  Ph.D Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

DON  E.  STRICKLAND,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

iA/ILLIAM  W.  FRANKLIN,  A.B.J Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

STUART  GOOD,  A.B.,  A.M.,  L.L.D Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS,  B.S.,  A.M Director  of  Admissions 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD,  A.B.,  B.D Director  of  Financial  Aid 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D Associate  Dean  of  the  College  and 

Director  of  Information  Systems 


99 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERITI  FACULTY 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL  (1963) Emerita  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  (1966) Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  (1959} Emeritus  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College,  MM.,  Northwestern  University 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  (1927) Emerita  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  B.M.  Belhaven  College; 
A.M.  (German),  University  of  Mississippi 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG  (1926) Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN  (1935) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

PAUL  D.  HARDIN  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI  (1952) Emerita  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS  (1960) Emerita  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  (1968) Instructor,  Order  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE  (1923) Emeritus  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD  (1947) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

RICHARD  R.  PRIDDY  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  Ohio  Northern  University;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952) Emeritus  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College 

GEORGE  ROYSTER  STEPHENSON  (1963) Emeritus  Associate  Professor  of 

Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  University  of  the  South;  L.L.D.,  Mississippi  College 

THURSTON  WALLS  (1957) Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas 

FACULTY 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  El  Paso;  J.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

JACK  D.  AGRICOLA Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  the  South,  M.A.  University  of  Alabama 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS  (1965) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966) Dan  White  Professor  of  Economics 

A. A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER  (1966).  .Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

GEORGE  MARSTON  BEARDSLEY  (1974) Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Stanford  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK  (1953) J.  Reese  Linn  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.  (1962) J.  B.  Price  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
100 


ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.  (1967) Professor  of  Chemisfry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

FRANK  BORST  (1982) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B  S.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Cortland;  MB. A.,  East  Carolina  University; 
Ed.D.,  Mennphis  State  University 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  (1959) Milton  Christian  White  Professor  of 

English  Literature 

A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Pfi.D.,  Columbia  University 

CARL  G.  BROOKING  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  Economics  and 

Quantitative  Managennent 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

LAURIE  L.  BROWN  (1977) Assistant  Professor,  Acquisitions  Librarian 

B.A.,  M.L.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN  (1960).  .  .Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Tulane  University; 
Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanicos  de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN  (1960) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

WILLIAM  P.  CARROLL  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  Music, 

Director  of  Millsaps  Singers 

B.M.,  Millsaps  College;  M.M.,  M.S.M.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

BETSY  JANE  CLARY  (1979) Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.T.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology, 

Advanced  Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

Uppsala  University  (Sweden),  University  of  Hawaii 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Head  Football  Coach,  Athletic  Director 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University; 
Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Mississippi  State  University 

MARY  ANN  EDGE  (1958) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Women's  Basketball  Coach 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

PRISCILLA  M.  FERMON Assistant  Professor  of  French 

B.A.,  Lehman  College,  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

JEANNE  MIDDLETON  FORSYTHE  (1978) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University 

CATHERINE  R.  FREIS  (1979) Assistant  Professor  of  Classics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

S.  RICHARD  FREIS  (1975) Associate  Professor  of  Classics, 

Scholar  in  Residence 

B.A.,  St.  John's  College  in  Annapolis;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

DELBERT  E.  GANN  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  Kansas  City;  M.S.,  Northeast  Louisiana  University; 
Ph.D.,  Missouri  School  of  Mines  and  Metallurgy 

LANCE  GOSS  (1950) Professor  of  Speech, 

Director  of  The  Millsaps  Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Northwestern  University; 

Special  Study,  The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre.  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop,  The  University  of  Southern  California 

101 


JOHN  L.  GUEST  (1957) Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  ot  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study, 

New  York  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in  Germanic  Philology, 

Bonn  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

FLOREADA  MONTGOMERY  HARMON  (1972) Assistant  Professor, 

Circulation  Librarian 
A.B.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON  (1978) Professor  of  Managennent 

B.A.,  Southwestern  at  Memphis;  M.B.A.,  Emory  University;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

STEVE  HERING  (1978) Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Florida  Southern  College;  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  Memphis  State  University 

DICK  HIGHFILL  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  San  Jose;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Idaho 

DANIEL  G.  HISE  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

DONALD  HOLCOMB  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Head  Basketball  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Memphis  State  University 

SUSAN  R.  HOWELL  (1982) Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON  (1954) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Missouri  School  of  Mines,  University  of  Missouri 

ROBERT  J.  KAHN  (1976) Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo; 
M.A.,  Middlebury  College;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

DONALD  D.  KILMER  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
University  of  Kansas,  University  of  Illinois 

ROBERT  H.  KING  (1980) Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B.A.,  Harvard  University;  B.D.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX  (1949) Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.  (1953) Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

DAVID  A.  LARSON Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Law 

B.A.,  DePauw  University,  J.D.,  University  of  Illinois 

BRENT  W.  LEFAVOR Assistant  Professor  of  Technical  Theatre 

B.A.,  M.A.  Brigham  Young  University 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY  (1956) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III  (1959) Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

RICHARD  P.  MALLETTE  (1980) Associate  Professor  of  English, 

Director  of  Heritage 
A.B.,  Boston  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

MARTHA  McCRARY  (1982) Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

M.A.,  Jacksonville  State  University 
M.L.S.,  University  of  Alabama 

ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE  (1973) Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 

HERMAN  LAMAR  McKENZIE  (1963) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

102 


JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  (1962) Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  IVlississippi 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

DEWEY  G.  MEYERS Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  Dension  University,  M.S.,  Texas  A&M 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS  (1967) Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  (1959) Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  Ed  D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

WALTER  P.  NEELY  (1980) Professor  of  Finance 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  Advanced 
Graduate  Study,  University  of  Missouri,  University  of  Mississippi 

SHIRLEY  OLSON  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.A.,  Mississippi  College; 
D.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960) Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Study, 
Vanderbilt  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

JUDITH  PAGE  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Tulane;  M.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.,  (1969) Associate  Professor,  Head  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS  II  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

A. A.,  University  of  Florida;  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Georgia  State  University 

ADRIENNE  PHILLIPS  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Northeast  Louisiana.  M.A.,  Ph.D.  University  of  Mississippi 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

THOMAS  E.  PRITCHARD Associate  Professor  of  Connputer  Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  M.A.,  North  Carolina  State  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

JIMMIE  PURSER  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

and  Computer  Studies 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER  (1964) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Assistant  Football  Coach,  Baseball  Coach 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

LEE  H.  REIFF  (1960) Tatum  Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

H.  CRAWFORD  RHALY,  JR Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi,  M.T.S.  Harvard  Divinity  School 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

HARRYLYN  SALLIS  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Southwestern  at  Memphis;  M.M.,  University  of  Kentucky 

WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968) Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 


103 


ALLEN  SCARBORO  (1982) Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology, 

Director  of  the  Honors  Program 
A.B.,  Kenyon  College;  M.A.,  Hartford  Seminary  Foundation; 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

TERRY  SHELDAHL  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  Dral<e  University;  B.B.A.,  Armstrong  State  College; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Alabama;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.  (1969) Professor  of  Matliematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

JONATHAN  MITCHELL  SWEAT  (1958) Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

GAIL  SYPE  (1982) Instructor  of  Business  Administration 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Michigan 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN  (1979) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR  (1967) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  (1968) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

A. A.,  Copiah-Lincoln  Junior  College;  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
C.P.A.,  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Mississippi 

JERRY  D.  WHITT  (1980) Professor  of  Management  Information  Systems 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

SUE  YEAGER  WHITT  (1980) Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

LEON  AUSTIN  WILSON  (1976) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Valdosta  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

STAFF 

ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

FRANKLIN  J.  BORST,  B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Ed.D. .  .Associate  Dean  for  Continuing  Education 

LEA  ANNE  BRANDON,  B.A Director  of  Public  Information 

BECKY  HUTCHINSON  BROCK,  B.S Admissions  Counselor 

SARA  L.  BROOKS Director  of  Records 

WILLIAM  E.  CAMPBELL,  B.A.,  M.Ed Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

JANE  COOPER,  B.B.A Associate  Loan  Officer 

SUSAN  O.  ESKRIDGE,  B.A Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

DON  P.  FORTENBERRY,  B.A.,  M.Div Chaplain 

GEORGE  GOBER,  B.A Director  of  Intramurals  and  Soccer  Coach 

ANN  HERING,  B.S.Ed Director  of  Children's  Center 

FLOY  S.  HOLLOMAN,  B.A Director  of  Annual  Giving 

WARRENE  W.  LEE Business  Office  Manager 

JAMES  J.  LIVESAY,  A.M Director  of  Church  Relations  &  Assistant 

to  the  Vice  President  for  Institutional  Advancement 

DOUGLAS  A.  LUEBBERS,  B.S.,  C.P.A Controller 

WAYNE  H.  MILLER,  B.S Director  of  Campus  Safety 

NANCY  MOORE,  B.A.,  M.Ed Associate  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.,  A.B.,  M.LS Head  Librarian 

LEONARD  W.  POLSON Director  of  Services 

BRYAN  B.  RUTLEDGE,  B.A Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

HARRYLYN  G.  SALLIS,  B.M.,  M.M Director,  Adult  Degree  Program 

CARNEY  ANNE  STEVENS,  B.S Admissions  Counselor 

JANICE  W.  STREETMAN,  B.S.Ed.,  M.Ed. .  Director  of  Career  Planning  and  Placement 
GAIL  E.  SYPE,  B.A.,  M.B.A Director,  Master  of  Business  Administration  Program 

GENERAL  STAFF 

ALICE  ACY  (1961) Grill  Manager,  MVFS 

ALICE  M.  BORDERS  (1974) Payroll  Clerk,  Business  Office 


104 


I 


BECKY  BRYAN  (1983) Secretary,  Continuing  Education 

VIVIAN  BURNEY  (1983) Word  Processor,  Development 

JAMES  0.  BUSBY  (1982) Technician,  Maintenance 

MARJORIE  CANADA  (1981) Faculty  Secretary 

JANET  A.  COBURN  (1981) Programmer,  Computer  Services 

PEARL  DYER  (1975) Secretary,  Office  of  Records 

ANN  M.  ELSENHEIMER  (1981) Programmer,  Computer  Services 

PATRICIA  FENNELL  (1967) College  Nurse 

MARJORIE  FENTON  (1980) Accounts  Payable  Clerk,  Business  Office 

MARTHA  GALTNEY  (1955) Secretary,  Student  Affairs 

CHERI  GOBER  (1981) Secretary,  Financial  Aid 

JAN  IS  HAMBLIN  (1980) Secretary,  Divisions  Office 

GRACE  HARRINGTON  (1983) Secretary,  School  of  Management 

MARGARET  HITT  (1977) Resident  Director,  Ezelle  Hall 

LARRY  O.  HORN  (1981) System  Manager,  Computer  Services 

EDWARD  L.  JAMESON  (1980) Manager,  Bookstore 

ELIZABETH  JAMESON  (1980) Supply  Buyer  &  Cashier,  Bookstore 

ALICE  JACKSON  (1983) Resident  Director,  Franklin  Hall 

ROSE  M.  JOHNSON  (1980) Loan  Clerk,  Business  Office 

DOROTHY  KNOX  (1974) Clerk,  Admissions 

REX  R.  LATHAM  (1956) Maintenance  Supervisor 

KATHERINE  LEFOLDT  (1970) Hostess,  Academic  Complex 

JILL  LEVANWAY  (1980) Clerk,  Post  Office 

KATHI  LEVANWAY  (1981) Clerk,  Post  Office 

CAROLYNNE  LOWRANCE(1982) Secretary,  Institutional  Advancement 

JOHNNY  LUCKETT,  JR.  (1982) Housekeeping  Supervisor 

HUBERT  LUM  (1982) Technician,  Maintenance 

SHERRI  MANCIL  (1982) Secretary,  Adult  Degree  Program 

CATHY  MARTELLA  (1975) Secretary,  Admissions 

VIRGINIA  MCCOY  (1966) Switchboard  Operator 

ROGER  L,  MILLER  (1981) Technician,  Maintenance 

MARTHA  MUSGROVE  (1983) Cashier,  Business  Office 

FLOY  NELMS  (1983) Secretary,  Office  of  the  President 

MARTHA  C.  POOLE  (1977) Gift  Recorder,  Development 

SANDRA  PERKINS  (1983) Secretary,  Heritage 

ELAINE  POUNCEY  (1983) Receptionist,  Development 

SANDY  PURSER  (1983) Asst.  Manager,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

ELIZABETH  RANAGER  (1969) Secretary,  Dean  of  the  College 

J.  N.  RUSSELL  (1980) Technician,  Maintenance 

IRENE  W.  STORY  (1980) Clerk,  Office  of  Records 

MIKE  STRATFORD  (1983) Resident  Director,  Galloway  Hall 

LARRY  THRASH  (1983) Production  Coordinator,  Development 

KAREN  THUESON  (1983) Resident  Director,  Bacot  Hall 

PAUL  WADE  (1972) Technician,  Maintenance 

MITTIE  C.  WELTY  (1959) Assistant  Manager,  Bookstore 

NANCY  WHITE  (1974) Secretary,  Business  Affairs 

OLIVIA  WHITE(1983) Manager,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

GARY  WHITTEMORE  (1982) Asst.  Manager,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

DAVID  WILKINSON  (1980) Technician,  Maintenance 

STEPHANIE  WOODS  (1977) Clerk,  Office  of  Records 

GRANT  E.  WYCKOFF  (1982) Manager,  Administrative  Programming 

LIBRARY  STAFF 

LAURIE  BROWN  (1977) Acquisitions  Librarian 

FLOREADA  M.  HARMON  (1972) Public  Services  Librarian 

ANN  MANGUM  (1983) Secretary  to  the  Libranan 

MARTHA  McCRARY  (1982) Catalog  Librarian 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.  (1969) Head  Librarian 

JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER  (1963) Serials  Assistant 

BARBARA  WEST  (1981) Catalog  Assistant 

105 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

COMMENCEMENT,  1^«4  iq^3 

Founder's  Medal Kimberly  Lillian  Myers 

Bourgeois  Medal Anita  Lee  Barlow 

Tribbett  Scholarship Michael  Patton  Ford 

Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award Gregory  Alan  Sliman 

Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award Ginger  Laney 

Velma  Jernigan  Rodgers  Scholarship  Award Marilyn  Lehman  Diener 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  for  Excellence  in  the  Ancient  Languages, 
Classical  Languages  and  Literature 

Latin Tony  Crvich 

Magnolia  Coullet  Senior  Award Laura  Buckler  McGee 

Biology  Award Richard  A.  Flowers 

Chemistry  Department  Senior  Award David  Biggers 

Computer  Science  Award Peter  Langworthy 

Myrtis  Meaders  Teaching  Award Nancy  Seepe 

Edgar  Moore  Awards Glen  East,  Julia  Garrett 

Clark  Essay  Medal Phyllis  Pfanschmidt 

Union  Pacific  Foundation  Geology  Award Lonnie  Ledbetter 

Major  in  Geology  Award Kendall  Kitchings 

Ross  H.  Moore  History  Awards John  Paul  Barber,  Victoria  Sallis  Murrell 

Wall  Street  Journal  Award Clyde  Parks 

Senior  Accounting  Awards James  Magnus,  Cathy  Schroeder 

Mathematics  Majors  Award John  Bailey,  Scott  Bowie,  Laurie  Eskridge 

Intermediate  German  Awards Sharon  Leach 

Senior  Award  in  German Charles  Michael  Lanford 

Senior  Music  Award Kimberly  Myers 

Reid  and  Cindy  Bingham  Scholar  of  Distinction  Award Robert  Anderson 

American  Bible  Society  Award Elizabeth  Milazzo 

C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology Tommi  Smith  Conner 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  and  West  Tatum  Award Deborah  Downing 

Tri  Beta  Award Jacqueline  Marie  Nation 

Black  Student  Association  Award Philip  Anthony  Nichols 

Chi  Omega  Social  Science  Award Jane  Tucker 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award David  Biggers 


106 


DEGREES  CONFERRED  1983 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Emily  Birchett  Adams.  .  .  .Memphis,  TN 

Anita  Marie  Addington.  .  .Memphis,  TN 

*Steven  Johnson  Allen.  .  .Pass  Christian 

** Robert  Gilmon  Anderson.  .  .Pascagoula 

•John  Arthur  Bailey.  .    Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Lyie  Lee  Baker Jackson 

John  Paul  Milton 
James  Barber Nacogdoches,  TX 

Anna  Grace  Bennett Jackson 

Josephine  McKie  Billups.Pass  Christian 
#Cynthia  M.  Boggs.  .  .  .Birmingham,  AL 

Frances  Ruth  Brooks.  .  .Alexandria,  LA 

** Elizabeth  Collum  Campbell.  .  .   Jackson 

*Jacquelyn  Letitia  Clark Jackson 

Gwenllian  Clopton Meridian 

"'Tommi  Ann  Smith  Conner Bailey 

""Anton  N.  Crvich.  .  .  .Independence,  VA 

'Cordelia  Douzenis Jackson 

'*  Laurel  Catherine  Eskridge Tupelo 

#Elizabeth  B.  Fargason .  New  Orleans,  LA 

William  Allen  Finley.  .  .   Henderson,  KY 
#Elizabeth  Sharp  Flowers Jackson 

Douglas  Sevier  Folk Jackson 

James  Garfield  Fulkrod.  . Janesville,  Wl 
#Lori  Dale  Garside Bay  St.  Louis 

Candice  Adele  Graham Jackson 

"Julia  Carolyn  Guernsey Jackson 

#Ruma  Hague Jackson 

*  Laurie  lone  Hamilton Pascagoula 

Andrei  Gromyko  Howze.  .  .Omaha,  NE 
"Margaret  Ann   Hurley Jackson 

Wanda  Lou  Knighton Kosciusko 

"Ginger  Lea  Laney Kilmichael 

"Charles  Michael   Lanford.  .  .  .Vicksburg 
'Sharon  Ann  Leach Pearl  River,  LA 


Kathryn  Lois  Legett.  .  .New  Orleans,  LA 

Michael  Anthony  Maggio.  .  .  .Waveland 

Ronald  Andrew  Marion .  .  Ocean  Springs 

'Dale  Elizabeth  Massey. Birmingham,  AL 

'"John  Richard  May,  Jr Gulfport 

Jasper  Carl  McDonald,  II Jackson 

'"Laura  Ann  Buckler  McGee. Pascagoula 
'Elizabeth  Milazzo Shreveport,  LA 

Grace  Gregg  Nevins Jackson 

#Philip  Anthony  Nichols Meridian 

Paula  Elaine  Painter Nashville,  TN 

Sandra  Lynn  Perkins Jackson 

"Phyllis  Ann  Pfanschmidt.  .Memphis,  TN 

Ionia  Dees  Plunk Gulfport 

"Walter  Whitaker  Rayner Greenville 

David  Marshall  Read Jackson 

#Janet  Lee  Reily.  .  .Rudge  Ramos,  Brazil 
'Victoria  Sallis  Murrell Jackson 

Karen  Lee  Shaw Greenville 

#Penny  Nichols  Smith Jackson 

Lauri  Kathryn  Stamm Vicksburg 

Margaret  T.  Templeton .  .  .  Memphis,  TN 

'Melina  Michel  Thomas Jackson 

#George  Carroll  Todd,  Jr.  .Memphis,  TN 
'Jane  Ellen  Tucker Jackson 

Ina  Jane  Tyler Carrollton 

'Kathryn  Lynn  VanSkiver Gulfport 

Doulgas  Albert  Walker.  .  .  Pineville,  LA 
'Robert  Alan  Weber Atlanta,  GA 

Hermine  McBee  Welch Jackson 

'Michael  McKinley  Williams.  .  .  .Edwards 
*#Tama  Lynn  Williams Kenner,  LA 

Amy  Lyies  Wilson Jackson 

Elizabeth  Wright  Wilson .  .  Beaumont,  TX 
"Wade  Anderson  Young Tupelo 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 


Philip  Albert  Azordegan Jackson 

#John  Bailey  Baker Jackson 

Fredrick  Scott  Bauer Mendenhall 

Peter  Joseph  Bernheim Gulfport 

#Rory  Vincent  Berry Winona 

"David  Waring  Biggers Corinth 

Anthony  Paul  Bonds Magnolia 

"Kenneth  Scott  Bowie Cleveland 

'Robert  Brien  Britt Brookhaven 

Anita  Fay  Broome Wesson 

'Charles  Andrew  Brown Lexington 

Charlotte  Rae  Bryant Indianola 

#John  Alvin  Buckler,  Jr Pascagoula 

Eugene  Prichard  Chambers,  Jr.  .Canton 

Gwenllian  Clopton Meridian 

#Daniel  Stephen  Columbus Jackson 

'#Kimberly  Anne  Cranston Greenville 

#James  Lynn  Crawford Tylertown 


#Patrick  John  Diaz Biloxi 

'Brandon  John  Dorion Metairie,  LA 

'Deborah  Jean  Downing Meridian 

'David  Gardner  Draughn Brandon 

#Thomas  Eugene  Dufour Jackson 

'Frederick  Timothy  Duggan.  .  .   Jackson 

'Richard  Allen  Flowers Natchez 

'"Sandra  Lynne  Frazier Greenville 

Caria  Danette  Garner Jackson 

Sandra  Lynn  Garrott Winona 

#William  McGowan  Gist.  .Alexandria,  LA 

*#Lloyd  Lane  Hartt Pineville,  LA 

"Wendy  Lynn  Harvey Canton 

'Paul  Ivan  Hathorn Columbia 

#Jack  Thaddeus  Hopper,  Jr. .  .  McComb 
'Rebecca  Warren  Hutchinson.  .Jackson 

'Mikell  Jenkins  Jarratt Vicksburg 

"John  Alden  Johnson,  III Tupelo 


107 


Pamela  Rae  Joseph Greenville 

#Kendall  Davis  Kitchings Jackson 

#Samuel  Cragin  Knox Jackson 

*Larisa  Ruta  Krolls Madison 

Peter  E.  Langworthy.  .  .  .Springfield,  VA 
*#Ronnie  Ray  Ledbetter Jackson 

*  Barry  Russell  Lee Greenville 

**Jannes  Paul  Magnus Groves,  TX 

William  Douglas  Mann,  Jr Jackson 

Billy  Michael  Nabors Brandon 

'Jacqueline  Marie  Nation. Gainesville,  FL 

#Tammy  Lesia  Nettles Jackson 

**Anh  Thi  Nguyen Jackson 

**Thuan  Trong  Nguyen Jackson 

*  Monica  Lynne  Northington.  .  .  .Natchez 

*  Debbie  Tapp  O'Cain Walnut 

**  James  Cicero  Poole Centreville 

Stephanie  Spencer  Richardson. Ruleville 
Paulette  Marie  Salvant.  .  .Pass  Christian 


#Robert  Alan  Scruggs Jackson 

Roger  McConnel  Smith Tampa,  FL 

*#Scott  Arvon  Smith Greenville 

James  Olin  Sparks Meridian 

Katrina   Spears Grenada 

#Jann  Tullos  Spencer Clinton 

*Carney  Anne  Stevens Jackson 

**Cecilia  Rose  Struppa Gulfport 

#Tandy  Michael  Sylvester Pearl 

William  Bailey  Tull,  III Pineville,  LA 

*Thomas  Eugene  Walden .  .  .  Brookhaven 
**Lawrence  Edward  Walter,  III.  .  .Jackson 

*Sanford  Eugene  Warren,  Jr Morton 

Paula  Gay  West Slidell,  LA 

#John  T.  Westmoreland Mendenhall 

*Vickie  Lee  White Brandon 

*  Peter  Yates  Whitehead Tupelo 

*Mary  Louise  Witthauer Picayune 

Laura  Lockard  Wright Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 


Nancy  Ellen  Bagby .  .  .  Germantown,  TN 

Judith  Elaine  Beck Brandon 

*Terrell  Ann  Brocato Indianola 

Joseph  William  Campbell Jackson 

*Louann   Campbell Jackson 

Frank  Charles  Chase Brandon 

Julius  Marvin  Collum,  Jr Jackson 

'#Margaret  Marie  Comans Jackson 

Ricky  Alan  Comans Kosciusko 

#David  Charles  Cooper. Woodbridge,  VA 

Gerald  Craig  Cotton Brandon 

*  Jennifer  B.  Curington Mt.  Brook,  AL 

Russell  Wayne  Ferguson Jackson 

*Cynthia  Ann  Freeman Jackson 

Edv\/in  Eric  Gamble,  II Jackson 

Dewey  John  Gilbert.  .  .  .Ocean  Springs 
Ciaran  Timothy  Goss.  .  .Alexandria,  VA 

*  Leslie  Lee  Gowdy Canton 

Patrick  Jarrett  Hare Greenwood 

*Cynthia  B.  Harper.  .Beverly  Farms,  MA 

*James  L.  Henley,  Jr Jackson 

Adam  Byrd  Hillman,  III Clinton 


Charlotte  Elizabeth  Holt.  .  .Water  Valley 

Robbi  Julene  Jones Jackson 

Mary  Virginia  Kay Macon,  GA 

Robert  Kemp  Kersh Jackson 

Martha  Sue  Lewis Brandon 

*  Frank  Garland  Lyie Denton,  TX 

** James  Paul  Magnus Groves,  TX 

Mary  Beth  McKee Jackson 

*  Anita  Kaye  Molony Meridian 

Joe  Clyde  Parks,  III New  Albany 

#John  M.  Pemberton .  .  Merritt  Island,  FL 
Monte  Dale  Rector .  .  .  Baton  Rouge,  LA 
Mary  C.  Schroeder.  .Fairfax  Station,  VA 

•Barbara  Sumrall  Sikora.  .Ocean  Springs 

*Sarah  Katherine  Stark Lexington 

Carroll  Edward  Streetman,  Jr..  .Jackson 
Marion  Lee  Surrell Winona 

*J.  O.  D.  Swindle,  Jr.  .Baton  Rouge,  LA. 
Virginia  Lynn  Vegas Bay  St.  Louis 

#Timothy  Ray  Windham.  .Springfield,  VA 
Nita  Barham  Woodson West  Point 

#Nikki  Bruce  Wroten Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 

*Kimberly  Lillian  Myers Brandon  Amy  Carol  Youngblood. 


.  Waynesboro 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION 


Wanda  Smith  Barlow Florence 

*Richard  Grady  Coggin,  Jr. .  .  .Booneville 

Glen  Vernon  East Gulfport 

Danny  Wayne  Farmer.  Charleston,  MO 
*  Julia  M.  Wallace  Garrett.  .Knoxville,  TN 

*Loretta  Chaisson  Garrott Winona 

#Heidi  Eva  Hamilton Kosciusko 

Steven  Campbell  Hull Chunky 

*Susan  Harper  Lauer Roswell,  GA 


Edward  Daryl  McLeod Brandon 

Jesse  Marion  McRight,  Jr Brandon 

#George  Noflin,  Jr Jackson,  LA 

Richard  W.  Poulter.  .Sand  Springs,  OK 

*Nancy  Flowers  Seepe Clinton 

Tommy  Faye  Smith Florence 

Hilda  Benson  White Brandon 

Randall  Gaddis  Williams Meridian 

Jon  Watson  Wilson Senatobia 


108 


MASTER  OF  BUSINESS 

#Claudia-Alexandra  Arnold Clinton 

Michael  Joseph  Baxter,  .  .  .Brookhaven 

Randall  Gary  Boyd Jackson 

Joseph  Sumner  Broberg ....  Ridgeland 
Martha  S.  Cook.  .  .  .Oklahonna  City,  OK 

Zelda  Tresea  Davis Jackson 

Jane  Vyvian  Frazier Jackson 

Candice  Lynnette  Hall Jackson 


ADMINISTRATION 

Heidi  Steinborn  Howard Jackson 

John  Phillip  Macon Jackson 

#Sharon  F.  O'Shea Jackson 

Don  Allen  Pomeroy,  III Brandon 

#William  Dennis  Valentine.  .  .Brookhaven 

#Anny  Ruth  Ward Jackson 

#Christopher  Elden  Wells Jackson 


HONORARY  DEGREES 

William  Forrest  Winter.  .    Doctor  of  Law  Cleanth  Brooks Doctor  of  Letters 

Wilard  Palmer Doctor  of  Music 

*Cum  Laude 
**Magna  Cum  Laude 
**Summa  Cum  Laude 

#Summer  Graduate 


109 


INDEX 


Page 

Academic  Divisions 54 

Accounting 92 

Activity    Groups 28 

Administration 99 

Administrative  Regulations 48 

Admission  Requirements 7 

Freshmen 7 

International  Students 8 

Part-time 8 

Special  Students 8 

Transfers 8 

Adult  Degree  Program 44 

Advanced  Placement 9 

Adult  Degree  Program 44 

Advisors,    Faculty 10 

Alumni  Association 99 

Anthiropology 88,  90 

Art 55 

Astronomy 79 

Athletics 24 

Intramurals 25 

B 

Behavioral  Sciences 82 

Biology 71 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 43 

Business  Administration 93 

Business  Internships 93,  94,  95 

C 

Calendar    1984-85 2 

Campus    Ministry 24 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 11 

Chemistry 73 

Children's  Center 11 

Class  Attendance 49 

Class  Standing 46 

Classical    Studies 61 

Comprehensive   Examinations 35 

Computer    Studies 74 

Computing  Center 6 

Cooperative   Programs 41 ,   44 

Counseling 10 

Personal 10 

Pre-registration 10 

Course    Sequence 35 

Credit  by  Examination 9,  15 

Credit/No  Credit  Option 46 

D 

Day  Care 11 

Dean's  List 48 

Degree 

Applications 35 

Conferred,   1983 107 

Degree  Programs 

B.A 32 

B.B.A 32,  92 

B.LS 32,   44 

B.S 32 

B.S.Ed ; 32,  82 

B.M 32,   56 

M.B.A 44,    92 

Pre-dental 36 

Pre-law 37 

Pre-medical 36 

Pre-social  work 38 

Degree   Requirements 32 

E 

Early  Admission 7 

Economics 94 

Education 82 

Educational  Certification  Programs 38 

Engineering 41 

English 67 


English  Proficiency  Examinations 34 

Equivalency  Examinations 7 

Exemption  from  Examinations 50 

Expenses 14 

F 

Faculty 1 00 

Fees 14,  15 

Financial    Aid 17 

Financial  Regulations 16 

Fine    Arts .55 

Fraternities 28 

French 69 

G 

General    Staff 104 

Geology 76 

German 69 

Grades 46 

Graduation  with  Honors 

and    Distinction 47 

Greek 62 

Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory 44 

H 

Health  and  Physical  Education 

Programs 38 

Heritage 33,  91 

History 63 

Honors 46 

Societies 26 

Program 42,  47 

Hours 8,  46,  48 

Housing 14 

Humanities 61 

I 

Information,    General 6 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 91 

International   Programs 42,   43 

International    Students 8 

Intramurals 25 

Italian 70 


Judicial  Council 26 

L 

Language  and  Literature 67 

Latin 62 

Legislative  Intern 43,  86 

Library 6,   90 

Library  Staff 105 

Linguistics 70 

Loans 20 

London    Semester 43 

M 

M.B.A 44,    92 

Majors 34 

Management,  School  of 43,  92 

Mathematics 78 

Medals  and  Prizes  in  1983 106 

Medical   Services 11 

Medical    Technology 41 

Millsaps  Players 26 

Millsaps  Singers 25 

Ministry,    Preparation  for 36 

Minors 34 

Modern  Languages .69 

Music 56 


Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester 42 

Orientation 10 


Part-time  Students 8 

Philosophy 64 


110 


Physics 79 

Placement 11 

Political  Science 85 

Pre-medical   Advisory  Committee 36 

Probation 50,  51 

Psychology 87 

Public  Administration  Internships 86 

Public  Events  Committee 24 

Publications 25 

Bobashela 25 

Purple  and  White 25 

Stylus 25 

Purpose  of  College 4 

Q 

Duality    Index 35 

Quality  Points 46 

R 

Religion 65 

Repeat  Courses 47 

Residence  Requirements 34 

S 

Schedule    Changes 48 

Scholarships 17 

School  of  Management 92 

Science 71 

Secondary  Education  Program 38 

Seniors,    Exemptions 50 

Small  Business  Institute    44 


Social   Sciences 82 

Sociology 88 

Sororities 28 

Spanish 70 

Special    Programs 42 

Special    Students 8 

Student  Association 26 

Student    Council 26 

Student  Executive  Board 26 

Student  Senate 26 

Student  Behavior 50 

Student    Housing 14 

Student   Organizations 26 

Student    Records 11 

Suspension 51 

T 

Teacher  Education 38 

Testing 10 

Theatre 59 

Transfer  Students 8 

Trustees,  Board  of 98 

Tuition 14 

U 

United  Nations  Semester 42 

W 

Washington,  DC.  Semester 42 

Withdrawal 48 


111